WO2022028296A1 - Communication method and apparatus, and device - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus, and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022028296A1
WO2022028296A1 PCT/CN2021/109069 CN2021109069W WO2022028296A1 WO 2022028296 A1 WO2022028296 A1 WO 2022028296A1 CN 2021109069 W CN2021109069 W CN 2021109069W WO 2022028296 A1 WO2022028296 A1 WO 2022028296A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
target
association relationship
satellite
cell
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/109069
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
范江胜
傅婧
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2022028296A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022028296A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0061Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of neighbour cell information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085Hand-off measurements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • H04W36/083Reselecting an access point wherein at least one of the access points is a moving node
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, apparatus, and device.
  • the terminal device completes the handover from the current serving base station to another base station through the measurement reporting mechanism.
  • the measurement reporting mechanism of the terminal device is the prerequisite for the source base station to select the appropriate target base station for the terminal device.
  • the measurement configuration on the network side measures the signal quality of neighboring base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met, and reports it to the source base station in the form of a measurement report.
  • the source base station selects one or several suitable targets for the terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device. base station, and initiates the handover request process.
  • the terminal equipment will determine the measurement target according to the system information broadcasted by the serving cell and the effective dedicated frequency priority information, and measure the signal quality of the neighboring cell base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met. Once the reselection conditions are met, the terminal equipment will The device will initiate a cell reselection process.
  • the present application provides a communication method, apparatus and device, which can reduce the delay in the terminal device handover process or the cell reselection process, reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, and further improve the service continuity performance experience of the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a communication method, comprising:
  • the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
  • the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, the process of blindly trying the terminal device using the directional antenna can be avoided, and the terminal device can directly adjust according to the identification information sent by the network-side device. After the antenna angle, measure the signal of the network node corresponding to the identification information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay of the terminal equipment handover process or the cell reselection process, and reduce the terminal equipment disconnection from the network. risk, thereby improving the continuous performance experience of terminal equipment services.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, the orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or One or more of the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, and the target satellite is represented by the above information, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the satellite operation data is directly embedded in the measurement configuration or the switching configuration and sent to the terminal device, thereby reducing the The amount of data sent saves communication resources.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell is set in the target assistance information to notify the terminal equipment of the location or direction of the target cell, which can prevent the terminal equipment from first searching for the target cell and then searching for the target cell.
  • the phenomenon of performing measurement or handover can reduce the delay of target cell measurement or handover.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information including:
  • the third association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite
  • the operating data and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the second association relationship, so as to determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location of the terminal device.
  • the position information adjusts the antenna angle of the terminal device, and then measures the signal of the target satellite, which can improve the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
  • the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, so as to determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location of the terminal device according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the terminal device.
  • the position information adjusts the antenna angle of the terminal device, and then measures the signal of the target satellite, thereby improving the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information including:
  • the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the terminal device and the geographic location information of the terminal device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle, and then measure the signal of the target cell, which can improve the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
  • the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information including:
  • the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the satellite operation data associated with the handover configuration information, or the satellite operation data associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, it can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the terminal device according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite
  • the geographic location information adjusts the antenna angle and then switches to the target satellite, which can improve the efficiency of the switching process.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information including:
  • the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device , adjust the antenna angle.
  • the terminal device determines the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information, or the geographic location information and/or location information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information.
  • the antenna angle can be adjusted according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then handover to the target cell can be performed, thereby improving the efficiency of the handover process.
  • the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the terminal device can report the measurement result to the network side device according to the content in the indication information, Therefore, the amount of data transmission can be reduced, and communication resources can be saved.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
  • the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate the content that the terminal device does not need to report to the network side device, so that the terminal device can be prevented from reporting some irrelevant information, thereby further reducing the amount of data transmission.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the method further includes:
  • a second message is sent to the network-side device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device measures the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, it can send a second message to the network side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information, so that the The network side device can obtain the measurement result in time, which reduces the delay of the terminal device measurement or handover process.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  • the present application provides a communication method, comprising:
  • the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, it can avoid the blind attempt process of the terminal device using the directional antenna, and the terminal device can directly adjust according to the identification information sent by the network-side device After the antenna angle, measure the signal of the network node corresponding to the identification information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay of the terminal equipment handover process or the cell reselection process, and reduce the terminal equipment disconnection from the network. risk, thereby improving the continuous performance experience of terminal equipment services.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, the orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or One or more of the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, and the target satellite is represented by the above information, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the satellite operation data is directly embedded in the measurement configuration or the switching configuration and sent to the terminal device, thereby reducing the The amount of data sent saves communication resources.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell is set in the target assistance information to notify the terminal equipment of the location or direction of the target cell, which can prevent the terminal equipment from first searching for the target cell and then searching for the target cell.
  • the phenomenon of performing measurement or handover can reduce the delay of target cell measurement or handover.
  • the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship
  • the first association relationship is used to indicate an association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information
  • the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
  • the terminal device can measure the signal of the target satellite after adjusting the antenna angle according to the first correlation relationship and the third correlation relationship, thereby improving the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
  • the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship
  • the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information
  • the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  • the terminal device can switch to the target network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship, thereby improving the efficiency of the handover process.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the terminal device can report the measurement result to the network side device according to the content in the indication information, Therefore, the amount of data transmission can be reduced, and communication resources can be saved.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell. Reporting the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate the content that the terminal device does not need to report to the network side device, so that the terminal device can be prevented from reporting some irrelevant information, thereby further reducing the amount of data transmission.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the method further includes:
  • a second message sent by the terminal device is received, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the network-side device receives the second message sent by the terminal device, and the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information, so that the network-side device can obtain the measurement result in time and reduce the measurement or switching process of the terminal device. time delay.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processor is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite
  • the operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processor is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processor is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processor is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
  • the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
  • the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the processor is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship
  • the first association relationship is used to indicate an association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information
  • the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship
  • the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information
  • the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or serving cell. Reporting the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the processor is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  • the present application provides a communication device, comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell ;
  • the processing unit is configured to measure the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target auxiliary information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processing unit is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite
  • the operating data and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processing unit is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the terminal device and the geographic location information of the terminal device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processing unit is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processing unit is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device , adjust the antenna angle.
  • the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
  • the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  • the present application provides a communication device, comprising:
  • a processing unit configured to generate a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • a sending unit configured to send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information Switch to the network node.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship
  • the first association relationship is used to indicate an association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information
  • the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship
  • the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information
  • the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell. Reporting the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  • the present application provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the foregoing possible implementations. communication method.
  • the present application provides a communication method, device and device.
  • the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can avoid the blind attempt process using the directional antenna, and the terminal device can directly
  • the sent identification information after adjusting the antenna angle, measure the signal of the network node corresponding to the identification information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay in the terminal equipment handover process or the cell reselection process, It reduces the risk of terminal equipment being disconnected from the network, thereby improving the continuous performance experience of terminal equipment services.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terrestrial communication system according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a satellite communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a signaling diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of still another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of still another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the term "and/or” describes the relationship between related objects, and means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. a situation.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship.
  • the term “plurality” refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, which are used to reduce the time delay of a terminal device using a directional antenna during cell measurement, handover, or cell reselection, so as to reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device.
  • Device service continuity performance experience is used to reduce the time delay of a terminal device using a directional antenna during cell measurement, handover, or cell reselection, so as to reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device.
  • the method and the device are conceived based on the same application. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • the applicable system may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) general packet Wireless service (general packet radio service, GPRS) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, Long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G New Radio (New Radio, NR) system, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • general packet Wireless service general packet Radio service
  • GPRS general packet Wireless service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • time division duplex time division duplex
  • TDD Time division duplex
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terrestrial communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include a terminal device 11 and a network device 12, and the terminal device 11 and the network device 12 communicate through a wireless network, wherein the terminal device 11 may be fixed or movable .
  • the network device 12 may include one or more cells, for example, may include cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system.
  • the terminal device 11 when the transmission direction of the communication system is uplink transmission, the terminal device 11 is the transmitting end, and the network device 12 is the receiving end.
  • the transmission direction of the communication system is downlink transmission, the network device 12 is the transmitting end, and the terminal Device 13 is the receiving end.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the name of the terminal device may be different.
  • the terminal device may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
  • Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • "telephone) and computers with mobile terminal equipment eg portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point , a remote terminal device (remote terminal), an access terminal device (access terminal), a user terminal device (user terminal), a user agent (user agent), and a user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station, and the base station may include a plurality of cells providing services for the terminal.
  • the base station may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names.
  • the network device can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and act as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA). ), it can also be a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or it can be an evolved network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in 5G network architecture (next generation system), or Home evolved Node B (HeNB), relay node (relay node) , a home base station (femto), a pico base station (pico), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be geographically separated.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a satellite communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include satellites 21 and 22 , a terminal device 23 and a gateway station 24 , and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 23 and the satellites 21 and 22 .
  • the number of satellites, terminal devices, and gateway stations is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the link between the terminal device 23 and the satellites 21 and 22 is called a service link.
  • the terminal device 23 accesses the satellite network through the service link and initiates services such as calling and surfing the Internet.
  • the link between the satellites 21 and 22 and the gateway station 24 is called a feeder link, and the gateway station 24 controls the switching between the satellites through the feeder link.
  • both satellites 21 and 22 use multiple beams to cover the ground.
  • the satellite shown in FIG. 2 may be a transparent relay satellite or a regeneration satellite, wherein the transparent relay satellite only performs signal amplification and radio frequency conversion, and the regeneration satellite has all or part of the base station functions.
  • the satellites can be low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellites, medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellites, geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellites, high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellites Wait.
  • LEO low earth orbit
  • MEO medium earth orbit
  • GEO geostationary earth orbit
  • HEO high elliptical orbit
  • the orbital altitude of LEO satellites is usually in the range of 500km to 1500km, and the orbital period (the period of rotation around the earth) is about 1.5 hours to 2 hours.
  • the maximum visible time of the satellite is about 20 minutes.
  • the maximum visible time refers to the longest time that the beam of the satellite covers a certain area of the ground.
  • the LEO satellite moves relative to the ground. As the satellite moves, the ground area it covers is also the same. changing.
  • the signal propagation distance of the LEO satellite is short, the link loss is small, and the transmission power requirements of the terminal equipment are not high.
  • the orbital altitude of GEO satellites is usually 35786km, and the orbital period is 24 hours.
  • satellites can use multiple beams to cover the ground. For example, a satellite can form tens or hundreds of beams to cover the ground, and a beam can cover tens to hundreds of kilometers in diameter ground area.
  • the terminal equipment In the terrestrial communication system shown in Fig. 1, after the service performance and communication quality of the terminal equipment are degraded, the terminal equipment usually needs to be handed over from one cell to another cell or reselected from one cell to another cell, for example, from Fig. Cell 1 in 1 is handed over to cell 2, or reselection from cell 1 to cell 2.
  • the terminal equipment needs to complete the handover from the current serving base station to another base station through the measurement reporting mechanism.
  • the measurement reporting mechanism of the terminal equipment is the premise that the source base station selects the appropriate target base station for the terminal equipment. Configure to measure the signal quality of neighboring base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met, and report it to the source base station in the form of a measurement report.
  • the source base station selects one or several suitable target base stations for the terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device, and initiates a Switch request process.
  • the terminal equipment will determine the measurement target according to the system information broadcasted by the serving cell and the effective dedicated frequency priority information, and measure the signal quality of the neighboring cell base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met. Once the reselection conditions are met, the terminal equipment will The device will initiate a cell reselection process.
  • satellite handover includes a variety of scenarios: (1) handover between cells within the same gateway within the same gateway; (2) handover between cells between different satellites within the same gateway; (3) Handover between cells in different gateways and between different satellites; (4) In different gateways, handover between cells in the same satellite.
  • scenario 2 when the terminal device is about to be separated from the satellite 21 signal, the network side device will trigger the terminal device to switch from the satellite 21 to the satellite 22.
  • the satellite is a transparent relay satellite or only a distributed unit (DU)
  • the switching process is triggered by the gateway station.
  • the satellite is a regeneration satellite of a centralized unit (CU) on the satellite, the switching process is triggered by the satellite itself. It can be seen that the terminal equipment receives different The angle of the satellite signal is different.
  • the process of cell reselection by the terminal equipment is similar to the process of cell handover, which also includes the above four scenarios, and the process of cell reselection is not repeated here.
  • the terminal device generally chooses to use a directional antenna to obtain additional antenna gain.
  • a terminal device using a directional antenna since the directional antenna has strong directivity, in order to find the target satellite or target cell, if the terminal device follows the above measurement or handover process, it may take a lot of time to search in several candidate cells. target cell, or search for the target satellite.
  • a LEO satellite can swipe the ground at a speed of several kilometers per second, and the time it can provide signal services for terminal equipment is only a few seconds. If the terminal equipment spends a lot of time searching for the target cell or target satellite, it will cause handover. The process or the cell reselection process has a relatively long delay. If the terminal device cannot find the target cell in time or the target satellite initiates the access process, the terminal device may be at risk of being disconnected from the network, thereby reducing the service continuity performance experience of the terminal device. Therefore, how to determine the direction of the target satellite or the target cell in time is very important for the terminal device using the directional antenna.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method.
  • the network side device generates a first message and sends the first message to the terminal device.
  • the first message includes target auxiliary information, and the target
  • the auxiliary information is used to represent the identification information of the network node, wherein the network node includes the target satellite or the target cell, and the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle and measures the signal of the network node according to the received target auxiliary information or switches to the network after adjusting the antenna angle. node. Since the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, the process of blindly trying the terminal device using the directional antenna can be avoided, and the terminal device can directly adjust the antenna angle according to the identification information sent by the network-side device.
  • the network node corresponding to the identification information measures the signal, or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay in the terminal device handover process or the cell reselection process, reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, and improve the It improves the continuous performance experience of terminal device services.
  • FIG. 3 is a signaling diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that although the steps of the method are presented in a specific order in the embodiments of the present application, they may be implemented in different embodiments. The order of the steps is varied, and in some embodiments, one or more of the steps shown in the sequence shown in this specification may be performed concurrently. As shown in Figure 3, the method includes:
  • Step 301 The network side device generates a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell.
  • the network side device can be understood as a base station.
  • the network-side device can be understood as a base station. After the base station generates the first message, it sends the generated first message to the satellite, and the signal is processed by the satellite. After amplification processing and radio frequency conversion processing, it is forwarded to the terminal equipment. If the satellite is a regenerative satellite, the network side device can be understood as the above-mentioned regenerative satellite.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
  • the first message may be a high-level dedicated signaling
  • the first message may be a cell broadcast message, such as a system information block (System Information Block). , SIB).
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the high-level dedicated signaling may refer to signaling sent by a high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer.
  • the high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: a medium access control (MAC) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, and non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS), etc.
  • the high-level signaling may include RRC signaling, MAC control element (control element, CE) )Wait.
  • the target assistance information may be used to represent identification information of a network node including a target satellite or a target cell.
  • the target satellite is a satellite that the terminal device needs to measure or hand over
  • the target cell is a cell that the terminal device needs to measure or hand over.
  • the target assistance information may include at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, satellite operation data associated with the target satellite The orbit identification information of the target satellite or the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the above-mentioned satellite operation data can be understood as an ephemeris in the satellite field.
  • the ephemeris map you can know the initial position state vector information of the satellite at a defined time starting point.
  • the time starting point information is public and does not need to be bound to a satellite separately, and 6 parameters are required to characterize a satellite.
  • Operation data in which the absolute space position of the satellite needs to be represented by three parameters, and the space velocity vector of the satellite needs to be represented by three parameters. Therefore, according to the meaning of the ephemeris, after obtaining the satellite operation data of a certain satellite, the spatial position information of the satellite at any point in the future can be accurately calculated.
  • the satellite operation data can be provided through the non-access layer or through the access layer.
  • the satellite operation data can be associated with the satellite identification information through the explicit indexing method in Table 1, or it can also be understood as establishing a corresponding relationship between the satellite operation data and the satellite identification information, wherein, the satellites in Table 1 There is a one-to-one correspondence between the operation data and the satellite identification information.
  • the target assistance information includes satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the satellite identification information can be obtained according to the satellite identification information. For example, if the satellite identification information 2 is included in the target assistance information, according to Table 1, the satellite operation data 2 corresponding to the satellite identification information 2 can be determined.
  • the satellite operation data can be associated with the orbit identification information of the satellite through the explicit index method in Table 2, or it can also be understood as establishing a correspondence between the satellite operation data and the orbit identification information of the satellite.
  • the satellite operation data in Table 2 has a one-to-one correspondence with the orbit identification information of the satellite.
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the orbit identification information can be obtained according to the orbit identification information. For example, if the target assistance information includes orbit identification information M-1, then according to Table 2, the satellite operation data M-1 corresponding to the satellite identification information M-1 can be determined.
  • all satellite operation data can also be formed into a list, and each satellite operation data can be associated with the index information of the satellite operation data in the list in the manner shown in Table 3, Or it can also be understood as establishing a correspondence between the satellite operation data and the index information.
  • the satellite operation data in Table 3 has a one-to-one correspondence with the index information.
  • index information 1 indicates that the index value of the satellite operation data 1 in the list formed by all the satellite operation data is 1.
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the index information can be obtained according to the index information. For example, if the target assistance information includes index information 1, according to Table 3, the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the index information 1 can be determined.
  • M in Table 1-Table 3 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the target assistance information may only contain satellite identification information, orbit identification information or index information, or two or more of the above-mentioned information at the same time.
  • the target assistance information may contain both satellite identification information and orbit information. identification information.
  • the terminal device after receiving the target assistance information, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite, so as to calculate the spatial position information of the target satellite at any point in time in the future .
  • the satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite may be set in the target assistance information Or one or more of the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, and the target satellite is represented by the above information, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the satellite operation data is directly embedded in the measurement configuration or the switching configuration and sent to the terminal device, so as to reduce the The transmission volume of small data saves communication resources.
  • the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell.
  • the geographic location information may be longitude and latitude information
  • the orientation information may be direction information.
  • the target assistance information may only include the geographic location information of the signal source of the target cell that needs to be measured or handed over, or may only include the position information of the signal source of the target cell that needs to be measured or handed over. Geographic location information and orientation information of the signal source of the target cell for measurement or handover. In this way, after the network side device sends the target assistance information to the terminal device, the terminal device can determine the location or direction of the target cell according to the geographic location information and/or the orientation information.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell is set in the target assistance information to notify the terminal equipment of the location or direction of the target cell, which can prevent the terminal equipment from first searching for the target cell and then searching for the target cell.
  • the phenomenon that the cell performs measurement or is handed over to the target cell, so that the delay of the target cell measurement or handover to the target cell can be reduced.
  • Step 302 The network side device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the network side device After generating the first message, the network side device sends the first message to the terminal device.
  • Step 303 According to the target auxiliary information, the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle and then measures the signal of the network node or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
  • the terminal device can determine the spatial position information of the target satellite according to the target assistance information, and adjust its own receiving antenna angle, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the target satellite. signal to measure the signal of the target satellite, or switch to the target satellite.
  • the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point may be determined according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship , the first correlation is used to represent the correlation between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, the second correlation is used to represent the correlation between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data, and then according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite And the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle.
  • the second association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device or acquired through network-side system information or dedicated signaling, and the association relationship is used to represent the correspondence between multiple pieces of auxiliary information and multiple pieces of satellite operation data, and There is a one-to-one correspondence between the assistance information and the satellite operation data.
  • auxiliary information 1 corresponds to satellite operation data 1
  • auxiliary information 2 corresponds to satellite operation data 2
  • Auxiliary information P corresponds to satellite operation data P.
  • the first association relationship may be included in the first message, and the first association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and the target auxiliary information is any of the plurality of auxiliary information in the second association relationship.
  • the first association relationship can be as shown in Table 4:
  • N in Table 4 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • a measurement object (measurement object, MO) includes a measurement frequency point, and a measurement frequency point information is associated with a target auxiliary information. That is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between measurement objects, measurement frequency points and target auxiliary information.
  • the above-mentioned measurement frequency points can be satellite frequency points or synchronization signals and physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH) block (synchronization signal and PBCH block, SSB) or channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS) or cell frequency.
  • physical broadcast channel physical broadcast channel, PBCH
  • SSB synchronization signal and PBCH block, SSB
  • channel state information reference signal channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the first association relationship shown in Table 4, the measurement frequency can be determined.
  • the satellite operation data of the associated target satellite so that the terminal device can adjust its own receiving antenna angle according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal device, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the signal sent by the target satellite, Then, according to the measurement frequency point, the signal of the target satellite is measured.
  • the determined satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point may be as shown in Table 5:
  • N in Table 5 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the measurement frequency according to the first association relationship. Satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite associated with point 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own receiving antenna according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target satellite according to the measurement frequency point 1 .
  • the terminal device after determining the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency, can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical position information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target satellite according to the measurement frequency. , which can improve the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
  • the third association relationship and the second association relationship determine the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier, PCI) configured on the measurement frequency point.
  • Satellite operation data the target PCI is any one of multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point
  • the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and then according to the satellite operation data Data and geographic location information of terminal equipment, adjust the antenna angle and measure the signal of the target satellite.
  • the third association relationship may be included in the first message, and the third association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information.
  • the third association relationship can be as shown in Table 6:
  • P, Q, N, X and Y in Table 6 are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • a measurement object includes a measurement frequency point, and one measurement frequency point information is associated with one or more pieces of PCI information, and a PCI is associated with a piece of target auxiliary information.
  • the above measurement frequency points may be satellite frequency points, SSB, CSI-RS or cell frequency points.
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the third association relationship shown in Table 6, it can be determined that the measurement frequency
  • the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configured target PCI so that the terminal device can adjust its receiving antenna angle according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal device, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aimed at the target satellite.
  • the transmitted signal is then measured for the signal of the target satellite according to the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point.
  • the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target PCI configured on the determined measurement frequency point may be as shown in Table 7:
  • P, Q, N, X and Y in Table 7 are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 11 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the measurement frequency according to the third association relationship. Satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite associated with the target PCI 11 configured on point 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own receiving antenna according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target satellite according to the measurement frequency point 1 and the target PCI 11 configured on it.
  • the measurement frequency point and the PCI need to be determined at the same time.
  • the target PCI can be determined only after blindly trying up to 1008 kinds of PCI information.
  • the network side device configures the target PCI in the target auxiliary information, and the terminal device does not need to determine the PCI information associated with the measurement frequency points through the blind trial process.
  • the spatial scanning process of the directional antenna is independent of the measurement frequency point and the PCI determination process. Regardless of whether the target auxiliary information configured on the network side is only associated with the measurement frequency point or is associated with the configured measurement frequency point and PCI information at the same time, the target auxiliary information can improve the terminal orientation. Efficiency of antenna signal measurements.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device determines the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, it can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical position information of the terminal device, and then adjust the antenna angle according to the measurement frequency point and The target PCI measures the signal of the target satellite, so that the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement can be improved.
  • the antenna angle of the terminal device also needs to be adjusted first.
  • the target auxiliary information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship can be used to determine the handover configuration information.
  • the satellite operation data of the target satellite, the fifth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the assistance information and the satellite operation data, and then according to The satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the second association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device, and the association relationship is used to represent the corresponding relationship between the plurality of auxiliary information and the plurality of satellite operation data, and there is a relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data.
  • a corresponding relationship For example, auxiliary information 1 corresponds to satellite operation data 1, auxiliary information 2 corresponds to satellite operation data 2...
  • Auxiliary information P corresponds to satellite operation data P.
  • the fifth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood as the handover candidate cell configuration information, and can also be understood as In order to reconfigure the configuration information synchronously, the target auxiliary information is any one of multiple auxiliary information in the second association relationship.
  • the fifth association can be as shown in Table 8:
  • the first message includes a group of handover configuration information
  • the group of handover configuration information is further associated with a target auxiliary information.
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the fifth association relationship shown in Table 8, the handover configuration information association can be determined
  • the terminal device can adjust its own sending and receiving antenna angles according to the satellite operating data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal device, so that the sending and receiving antennas of the terminal device are aimed at the target satellite, Thereby, switching to the target satellite according to the switching configuration information.
  • the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the handover configuration according to the fifth association relationship. Information associated with the target satellite's satellite operation data 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target satellite according to the handover configuration information.
  • the terminal device after determining the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information, the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical position information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target satellite according to the handover configuration information, Thereby, the efficiency of the handover process can be improved.
  • the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information is determined according to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship, and the second association relationship, and the sixth association relationship It is used to indicate the relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, and adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal equipment.
  • the sixth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood
  • the configuration information for the handover candidate cell can also be understood as the synchronization reconfiguration configuration information.
  • the sixth association relationship can be as shown in Table 9:
  • the first message includes one or more groups of handover configuration information, and each group of handover configuration information is associated with a piece of target auxiliary information.
  • the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the sixth association relationship shown in Table 9, it can be determined that the handover configuration information
  • the configuration information of the candidate cell is associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the terminal device can adjust its own transmit and receive antenna angles according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical location information of the terminal device, so that the transmit and receive antennas of the terminal device are aligned with the target satellite, so as to switch the configuration information according to the candidate
  • the configuration information of the cell is handed over to the target satellite.
  • the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the handover configuration according to the sixth association relationship.
  • the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite associated with the information 1.
  • the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target satellite according to the handover configuration information 1.
  • the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical location information of the terminal device, and then adjust the antenna angle according to the The configuration information of the candidate cell is handed over to the target satellite, so that the efficiency of the handover procedure can be improved.
  • the terminal device can determine the location information or direction information of the target cell according to the target assistance information, and adjust its own antenna angle so that the antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the signal sent by the target cell. , so as to measure the signal of the target cell, or switch to the target cell.
  • the geographic location information and /or position information is used to represent the association relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information
  • the fourth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the position information
  • the fourth association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device or acquired through network-side system information or dedicated signaling, and the association relationship is used to represent the relationship between multiple pieces of auxiliary information and multiple pieces of geographic location information and/or orientation information
  • auxiliary information 1 corresponds to geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1
  • auxiliary information 2 corresponds to geographic location information 2 and/or orientation information 2
  • auxiliary information P corresponds to geographic location information P and/or orientation information P .
  • the first association relationship may be included in the first message, and the first association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and the target auxiliary information is any of the plurality of auxiliary information in the fourth association relationship.
  • the first association relationship may be as shown in Table 4.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information corresponding to the target auxiliary information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the first association relationship shown in Table 4, it can be determined Obtain the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point, so that the terminal device can adjust the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
  • the receiving antenna angle of the terminal device is adjusted to align the receiving antenna of the terminal device with the signal sent by the target cell, and then the signal of the target cell is measured according to the measurement frequency point.
  • the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 corresponding to the target auxiliary information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the first association relationship , the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 associated with the measurement frequency point 1 of the measurement object 1 can be determined. In this way, the terminal device adjusts its own receiving antenna according to the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measures the signal of the target cell according to the measurement frequency point 1 .
  • the terminal device may The antenna angle is adjusted according to the geographic location information of the device, and then the signal of the target cell is measured according to the measurement frequency point, so that the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement can be improved.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point may be determined according to the target assistance information, the third association relationship, and the fourth association relationship , the target PCI is any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and is based on the geographic location of the target cell.
  • the third association relationship may be included in the first message, and the third association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information corresponding to the target auxiliary information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the third association relationship shown in Table 6, it can be determined Geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point is obtained.
  • the terminal device can adjust its receiving antenna angle according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the signal sent by the target cell, Then, the signal of the target cell is measured according to the measurement frequency point and the target PCI configured thereon.
  • the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 corresponding to the target auxiliary information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the third association relationship , the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 associated with the target PCI 11 configured on the measurement frequency point 1 of the measurement object 1 can be determined. In this way, the terminal device can adjust its own receiving antenna according to the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target cell according to the measurement frequency point 1 and the PCI 11 information .
  • the terminal device can The azimuth information and the geographic location information of the terminal device adjust the antenna angle, and then measure the signal of the target cell according to the measurement frequency point and the target PCI configured thereon, thereby improving the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
  • the antenna angle of the terminal device also needs to be adjusted first.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information may be determined according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship, and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used for Represents the association between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, and the fourth association is used to represent the association between the assistance information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information, and then according to the geographic location information and/or orientation of the target cell information and the geographic location information of the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the fourth association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device or acquired through network-side system information or dedicated signaling, and the association relationship is used to represent the relationship between multiple pieces of auxiliary information and multiple pieces of geographic location information and/or orientation information
  • auxiliary information 1 corresponds to geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1
  • auxiliary information 2 corresponds to geographic location information 2 and/or orientation information 2
  • auxiliary information P corresponds to geographic location information P and/or orientation information P .
  • the fifth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood as the handover candidate cell configuration information, and can also be understood as Reconfigure configuration information for synchronization.
  • the target auxiliary information is any one of a plurality of auxiliary information in the second association relationship.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the fifth correlation shown in Table 8
  • the association relationship can determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information.
  • the terminal device can adjust its own transmit and receive antenna angles according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, so that the transmit and receive antennas of the terminal device are aligned with the target cell The signal sent, thereby handing over to the target cell according to the handover configuration information.
  • the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then According to the fifth association relationship, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information can be determined. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target cell according to the handover configuration information.
  • the terminal device may determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information and the geographic location information of the terminal device according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information. Adjust the antenna angle, and then switch to the target cell according to the handover configuration information, thereby improving the efficiency of the handover process.
  • the geographic location information and/or the geographic location information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information may be determined according to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship Orientation information, the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, and is based on the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the Geolocation information, adjust the antenna angle.
  • the sixth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood
  • the configuration information for the handover candidate cell can also be understood as the synchronization reconfiguration configuration information.
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the sixth correlation shown in Table 9
  • the association relationship can determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information.
  • the terminal device can adjust its own transmit and receive antenna angles according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, so that the transmit and receive antennas of the terminal device are aligned with the target cell
  • the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then According to the sixth association relationship, the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 of the signal source of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information 1 can be determined. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and switch to the target cell.
  • the terminal device After determining the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell signal source associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, the terminal device The geographic location information of the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle, and then switches to the target cell according to the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, so that the efficiency of the handover process can be improved.
  • the first message also includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device measures the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target auxiliary information, the terminal device also needs to report the measurement result to the network side device.
  • the network-side device may include indication information in the generated first message to notify the terminal device of the content that needs to be reported to the network-side device.
  • the indication information can also be included in the measurement report configuration (measurement report, MR), which is configured as shown in Table 10:
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • one measurement reporting configuration is associated with one indication information, that is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the measurement reporting configuration and the indication information.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification (Identification, ID) information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , where the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell
  • PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the serving cell may be the cell where the current terminal device is located.
  • the network-side device may instruct the terminal device to report one or more of measurement ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite.
  • the indication information may include only measurement ID information, that is, only measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell; or, the indication information may include measurement ID information and PCI information; or, the indication The information may only include the preset identification information corresponding to the satellite operation data, that is, the identification information of the target satellite, or the indication information may include the measurement identification ID information and the identification information of the target satellite, or the indication information may Including measurement identification ID information, PCI information and identification information of the target satellite and so on.
  • the identification information of the target satellite may include one or more of satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Piece.
  • the terminal device can report the measurement result to the network side device according to the content in the indication information , thereby reducing the amount of data transmission and saving communication resources.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell; or, the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the target cell.
  • Cell and/or serving cell signal quality measurements and PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the above-mentioned signal quality may include at least one of the following information: reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), or signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio). to interference plus noise ratio, SINR).
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ reference signal receiving quality
  • SINR interference plus noise ratio
  • the indication information may only include the content that needs to be reported to the network-side device, or may only include the content that does not need to be reported to the network-side device, and may also include both the content that needs to be reported to the network-side device, and the content that does not need to be reported to the network-side device. Content reported to the network-side device.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate the content that the terminal device does not need to report to the network side device, so that the terminal device can be prevented from reporting some irrelevant information, thereby further reducing the amount of data transmission.
  • the terminal device can send a second message to the network side device according to the above-mentioned indication information, and the second message includes the corresponding indication information. measurement information.
  • the second message may reuse the dedicated uplink message currently reporting the measurement result, or may be a newly defined dedicated uplink message reporting the measurement result.
  • the dedicated uplink message may be a measurement report message (Measurement Report).
  • the indication information includes measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell, and indicates that the terminal equipment needs to report the measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell to the network side equipment
  • the terminal equipment After the network node is measured, the measurement ID information associated with the target satellite or the target cell will be reported to the network-side device.
  • the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 11:
  • Measurement ID 1 Measurement ID 2 ... Measurement ID (N-1) Measurement ID N
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal device will report the measurement ID information and PCI information associated with the target satellite or the target cell to the network side device after measuring the network node.
  • the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 12:
  • N, Q, X and Y are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal device If the indication information includes the identification information of the target satellite, and the terminal device is instructed to report the identification information of the target satellite to the network side device, the terminal device will report the target satellite to the network side device after measuring the target satellite.
  • the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 13:
  • N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal equipment will After the target satellite is measured, the measurement ID information associated with the target satellite or the target cell and the identification information of the target satellite will be reported to the network side device.
  • the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 14:
  • N, Q, X and Y are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication information includes the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell, and indicates that the terminal device needs to report the measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell to the network side device, the terminal device is in the process of reporting to the network node After the measurement, the PCI information associated with the target satellite or the target cell will be reported to the network side device.
  • the indication information includes measurement identification ID information, PCI information and target satellite identification information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell, and indicates that the terminal equipment needs to report the measurement ID information, PCI information and the identification of the target satellite to the network side equipment information
  • the terminal device after measuring the target satellite, the terminal device will report the measurement ID information, PCI information and the identification information of the target satellite associated with the target satellite or target cell to the network side device.
  • the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 15:
  • N, Q, X and Y are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal device can send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information, so that it can send a second message to the network side device according to the indication information.
  • the network side device can obtain the measurement result in time, and reduces the delay of the terminal device measurement or handover process.
  • the network side device generates a first message and sends the first message to the terminal device, where the first message includes target auxiliary information, and the target auxiliary information is used to represent the identifier of the network node information, wherein the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell, and the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle and measures the signal of the network node or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the received target assistance information. Since the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, the process of blindly trying the terminal device using the directional antenna can be avoided, and the terminal device can directly adjust the antenna angle according to the identification information sent by the network-side device.
  • the network node corresponding to the identification information measures the signal, or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay in the terminal device handover process or the cell reselection process, reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, and improve the It improves the continuous performance experience of terminal device services.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be a terminal device.
  • a transceiver 400 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 410 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 410 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 420 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 400 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like Transmission medium.
  • the user interface 430 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required equipment, and the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 410 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 420 may store data used by the processor 410 in performing operations.
  • the processor 410 may be a CPU (central processor), an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, an application-specific integrated circuit), an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array, a field programmable gate array) or a CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) , complex programmable logic devices), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • complex programmable logic devices complex programmable logic devices
  • the processor is configured to execute any one of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained executable instructions by invoking the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processor and memory may also be physically separated.
  • the processor 410 is configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processor 410 is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite
  • the operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processor 410 is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processor 410 is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processor 410 is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
  • the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
  • the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the processor 410 is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be a network side device.
  • a transceiver 500 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 510. .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 510 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 520 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 500 may be multiple elements, ie, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like.
  • the processor 510 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 520 may store data used by the processor 510 in performing operations.
  • the processor 510 can be a central processor (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device). , CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the processor 510 is configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, and the third association relationship
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information, and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information.
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the target cell. and/or the signal quality measurement result of the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the processor 510 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 60 may include:
  • a receiving unit 601 configured to receive a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target community;
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to measure the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite
  • the operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
  • the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell
  • the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  • the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the network node includes the target satellite
  • the processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
  • the network node includes the target cell
  • the processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
  • the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
  • the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
  • the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the apparatus further includes a sending unit 603, and the sending unit 603 is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes the same message as the indication information corresponding to the content.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of still another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 70 may include:
  • a processing unit 701 configured to generate a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
  • the sending unit 702 is configured to send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information Then switch to the network node.
  • the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  • the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  • the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, and the third association relationship
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information, and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information.
  • the association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  • the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the target cell. and/or the signal quality measurement result of the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  • the apparatus further includes a receiving unit.
  • the receiving unit 703 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  • the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by a processor, including, but not limited to, magnetic storage (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.
  • optical storage eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memory eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media having computer-usable program code embodied therein, including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, and the like.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory result in the manufacture of means including the instructions product, the instruction means implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process that Execution of the instructions provides steps for implementing the functions specified in the flowchart or blocks and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and apparatus, and a device. The method comprises: receiving a first message sent by a network-side device, wherein the first message comprises target auxiliary information, the target auxiliary information is used for representing identification information of a network node, and the network node comprises a target satellite or a target cell; and according to the target auxiliary information, measuring a signal of the network node after adjusting an antenna angle or switching to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle. According to embodiments of the present application, a delay during a switching process or a cell reselection process of a terminal device can be reduced, thereby reducing the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from a network, and thus improving the continuity experience of a service of the terminal device.

Description

通信方法、装置及设备Communication method, device and equipment
本申请要求于2020年8月7日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010790885.5、申请名称为“通信方法、装置及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010790885.5 and the application title "Communication Method, Apparatus and Equipment" filed with the China Patent Office on August 7, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及设备。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, apparatus, and device.
背景技术Background technique
在通信系统中,在业务性能和通信质量下降后,通常需要将终端设备从一个小区切换到另一个小区或者从一个小区重选到另外一个小区,以保证通信的连续性,避免终端设备出现脱网的现象。In a communication system, after the service performance and communication quality are degraded, it is usually necessary to switch the terminal equipment from one cell to another cell or from one cell to another cell to ensure the continuity of communication and prevent the terminal equipment from disconnecting. network phenomenon.
在通信系统中,一般情况下,终端设备通过测量上报机制完成从当前服务基站到另外一个基站的切换,其中终端设备的测量上报机制是源基站为终端设备选择合适目标基站的前提,终端设备根据网络侧的测量配置在满足测量触发条件时测量邻区基站的信号质量,并以测量报告的形式上报给源基站,源基站根据终端设备上报的测量报告为终端设备选择一个或者几个合适的目标基站,并发起切换请求过程。In a communication system, in general, the terminal device completes the handover from the current serving base station to another base station through the measurement reporting mechanism. The measurement reporting mechanism of the terminal device is the prerequisite for the source base station to select the appropriate target base station for the terminal device. The measurement configuration on the network side measures the signal quality of neighboring base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met, and reports it to the source base station in the form of a measurement report. The source base station selects one or several suitable targets for the terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device. base station, and initiates the handover request process.
对于小区重选过程,终端设备会根据服务小区广播的系统信息以及有效的专用频点优先级信息确定测量目标,在满足测量触发条件时测量邻区基站的信号质量,一旦重选条件满足,终端设备就会发起小区重选流程。For the cell reselection process, the terminal equipment will determine the measurement target according to the system information broadcasted by the serving cell and the effective dedicated frequency priority information, and measure the signal quality of the neighboring cell base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met. Once the reselection conditions are met, the terminal equipment will The device will initiate a cell reselection process.
然而,对于使用定向天线的终端设备来说,由于定向天线具有很强的方向性,若采用上述的测量或切换过程,会造成切换流程或者小区重选流程时延较大的问题,严重时较大的时延可能会提高终端设备脱网的风险,不利于终端设备服务连续性性能体验。However, for a terminal device using a directional antenna, since the directional antenna has strong directivity, if the above-mentioned measurement or handover process is used, it will cause the problem of a large delay in the handover process or the cell reselection process, which is more serious in severe cases. A large delay may increase the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, which is not conducive to the service continuity performance experience of the terminal device.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置及设备,可以降低终端设备切换流程或者小区重选流程时的时延,降低了终端设备脱网的风险,进而提高了终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。The present application provides a communication method, apparatus and device, which can reduce the delay in the terminal device handover process or the cell reselection process, reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, and further improve the service continuity performance experience of the terminal device.
一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,包括:In one aspect, the present application provides a communication method, comprising:
接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;receiving a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。According to the target assistance information, the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
在本方案中,由于网络侧设备可以将网络节点的标识信息发送给终端设备,这样, 可以避免终端设备使用定向天线进行盲尝试的过程,终端设备可以直接根据网络侧设备发送的标识信息,调整天线角度后对该标识信息对应的网络节点进行信号的测量,或者调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点,从而可以降低终端设备切换流程或者小区重选流程时的时延,降低了终端设备脱网的风险,进而提高了终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。In this solution, since the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, the process of blindly trying the terminal device using the directional antenna can be avoided, and the terminal device can directly adjust according to the identification information sent by the network-side device. After the antenna angle, measure the signal of the network node corresponding to the identification information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay of the terminal equipment handover process or the cell reselection process, and reduce the terminal equipment disconnection from the network. risk, thereby improving the continuous performance experience of terminal equipment services.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
在本方案中,由于卫星运行数据的数据量较大,因此,可以在目标辅助信息中设置与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息中的一个或多个,并通过上述信息表示目标卫星,以避免直接将卫星运行数据嵌入测量配置或者切换配置中发送给终端设备的现象,从而可以减小数据的发送量,节省了通信资源。In this solution, since the data volume of the satellite operation data is relatively large, the satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, the orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or One or more of the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, and the target satellite is represented by the above information, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the satellite operation data is directly embedded in the measurement configuration or the switching configuration and sent to the terminal device, thereby reducing the The amount of data sent saves communication resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
在本方案中,在目标辅助信息中设置目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,以通知终端设备目标小区所在的位置或方向,可以避免终端设备先搜索目标小区,再对目标小区进行测量或者切换的现象,从而可以降低目标小区测量或切换的时延。In this solution, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell is set in the target assistance information to notify the terminal equipment of the location or direction of the target cell, which can prevent the terminal equipment from first searching for the target cell and then searching for the target cell. The phenomenon of performing measurement or handover can reduce the delay of target cell measurement or handover.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target satellite;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, including:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association between the auxiliary information, the second association is used to represent the association between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
在本方案中,终端设备可以根据目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定与测量频点关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息对终端设备的天线角度进行调整,然后测量目标卫星的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this solution, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the second association relationship, so as to determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location of the terminal device. The position information adjusts the antenna angle of the terminal device, and then measures the signal of the target satellite, which can improve the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
终端设备可以根据目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和第二关联关系,确定与测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息对终端设备的天线角度进行调整,然后再测量目标卫星 的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。The terminal device can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, so as to determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location of the terminal device according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the terminal device. The position information adjusts the antenna angle of the terminal device, and then measures the signal of the target satellite, thereby improving the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target cell;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, including:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell The geographic location information and/or orientation information of the terminal device and the geographic location information of the terminal device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
在本方案中,终端设备在确定出与测量频点或者测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息之后,可以调整天线角度,然后测量目标小区的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this solution, after determining the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point or the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment, the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle, and then measure the signal of the target cell, which can improve the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一关联关系和所述第三关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target satellite;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, including:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association between the auxiliary information, the second association is used to represent the association between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
在本方案中,终端设备在确定出与切换配置信息关联的卫星运行数据,或者切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的卫星运行数据之后,可以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后切换到目标卫星,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this solution, after the terminal device determines the satellite operation data associated with the handover configuration information, or the satellite operation data associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, it can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the terminal device according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite The geographic location information adjusts the antenna angle and then switches to the target satellite, which can improve the efficiency of the switching process.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target cell;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:Adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, including:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换 配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration an association relationship between the information and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent an association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or the location information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device , adjust the antenna angle.
在本方案中,终端设备在确定出切换配置信息关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,或者与切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息之后,可以根据目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后切换到目标小区,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this solution, the terminal device determines the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information, or the geographic location information and/or location information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information. After the orientation information is obtained, the antenna angle can be adjusted according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then handover to the target cell can be performed, thereby improving the efficiency of the handover process.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五关联关系和所述第六关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在本方案中,由于指示信息中可以包括测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或者目标卫星的标识信息中的一个或者多个,这样,终端设备可以根据指示信息中的内容向网络侧设备上报测量结果,从而可以减少数据的传输量,节省了通信资源。In this solution, since the indication information may include one or more of measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, the terminal device can report the measurement result to the network side device according to the content in the indication information, Therefore, the amount of data transmission can be reduced, and communication resources can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
或者,or,
所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在本方案中,该指示信息还用于指示终端设备不需要向网络侧设备上报的内容,从而可以避免终端设备上报一些无关的信息,由此可以进一步减少数据的传输量。In this solution, the indication information is also used to indicate the content that the terminal device does not need to report to the network side device, so that the terminal device can be prevented from reporting some irrelevant information, thereby further reducing the amount of data transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。In a possible implementation manner, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after adjusting the antenna angle and measuring the signal of the network node according to the target assistance information, the method further includes:
根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。According to the indication information, a second message is sent to the network-side device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
在本方案中,终端设备在调整天线角度后测量网络节点的信号之后,可以根据该 指示信息,向网络侧设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括与指示信息对应的内容,从而可以使得网络侧设备可以及时获知测量结果,降低终端设备测量或者切换流程的时延。In this solution, after the terminal device measures the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, it can send a second message to the network side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information, so that the The network side device can obtain the measurement result in time, which reduces the delay of the terminal device measurement or handover process.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
另一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,包括:On the other hand, the present application provides a communication method, comprising:
生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;generating a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。Send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or switch to the network after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information node.
在本方案中,由于网络侧设备可以将网络节点的标识信息发送给终端设备,这样,可以避免终端设备使用定向天线进行盲尝试的过程,终端设备可以直接根据网络侧设备发送的标识信息,调整天线角度后对该标识信息对应的网络节点进行信号的测量,或者调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点,从而可以降低终端设备切换流程或者小区重选流程时的时延,降低了终端设备脱网的风险,进而提高了终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。In this solution, since the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, it can avoid the blind attempt process of the terminal device using the directional antenna, and the terminal device can directly adjust according to the identification information sent by the network-side device After the antenna angle, measure the signal of the network node corresponding to the identification information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay of the terminal equipment handover process or the cell reselection process, and reduce the terminal equipment disconnection from the network. risk, thereby improving the continuous performance experience of terminal equipment services.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
在本方案中,由于卫星运行数据的数据量较大,因此,可以在目标辅助信息中设置与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息中的一个或多个,并通过上述信息表示目标卫星,以避免直接将卫星运行数据嵌入测量配置或者切换配置中发送给终端设备的现象,从而可以减小数据的发送量,节省了通信资源。In this solution, since the data volume of the satellite operation data is relatively large, the satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, the orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or One or more of the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, and the target satellite is represented by the above information, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the satellite operation data is directly embedded in the measurement configuration or the switching configuration and sent to the terminal device, thereby reducing the The amount of data sent saves communication resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
在本方案中,在目标辅助信息中设置目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,以通知终端设备目标小区所在的位置或方向,可以避免终端设备先搜索目标小区,再对目标小区进行测量或者切换的现象,从而可以降低目标小区测量或切换的时延。In this solution, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell is set in the target assistance information to notify the terminal equipment of the location or direction of the target cell, which can prevent the terminal equipment from first searching for the target cell and then searching for the target cell. The phenomenon of performing measurement or handover can reduce the delay of target cell measurement or handover.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate an association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information , the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
在本方案中,终端设备可以根据该第一关联关系和第三关联关系,可以调整天线角度后测量目标卫星的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this solution, the terminal device can measure the signal of the target satellite after adjusting the antenna angle according to the first correlation relationship and the third correlation relationship, thereby improving the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之 间的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information , and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
在本方案中,终端设备可以根据该第五关联关系和第六关联关系,可以调整天线角度后切换到目标网络节点,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this solution, the terminal device can switch to the target network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship, thereby improving the efficiency of the handover process.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在本方案中,由于指示信息中可以包括测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或者目标卫星的标识信息中的一个或者多个,这样,终端设备可以根据指示信息中的内容向网络侧设备上报测量结果,从而可以减少数据的传输量,节省了通信资源。In this solution, since the indication information may include one or more of measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, the terminal device can report the measurement result to the network side device according to the content in the indication information, Therefore, the amount of data transmission can be reduced, and communication resources can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果,或者,用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell. Reporting the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在本方案中,该指示信息还用于指示终端设备不需要向网络侧设备上报的内容,从而可以避免终端设备上报一些无关的信息,由此可以进一步减少数据的传输量。In this solution, the indication information is also used to indicate the content that the terminal device does not need to report to the network side device, so that the terminal device can be prevented from reporting some irrelevant information, thereby further reducing the amount of data transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。In a possible implementation manner, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
接收所述终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。A second message sent by the terminal device is received, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
在本方案中,网络侧设备接收终端设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息中包括与指示信息对应的内容,从而可以使得网络侧设备可以及时获知测量结果,降低终端设备测量或者切换流程的时延。In this solution, the network-side device receives the second message sent by the terminal device, and the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information, so that the network-side device can obtain the measurement result in time and reduce the measurement or switching process of the terminal device. time delay.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
再一方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:In another aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;receiving a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。According to the target assistance information, the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息 包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理器,具体用于:The processor is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理器,具体用于:The processor is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell The geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一关联关系和所述第三关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理器,具体用于:The processor is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用 于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理器,具体用于:The processor is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration an association relationship between the information and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent an association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or the location information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五关联关系和所述第六关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
或者,or,
所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。In a possible implementation manner, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
再一方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:In another aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;generating a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目 标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。Send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or switch to the network after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the satellite.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate an association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information , the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information , and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果,或者,用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or serving cell. Reporting the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。In a possible implementation manner, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
再一方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括:In another aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising:
接收单元,用于接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell ;
处理单元,用于根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。The processing unit is configured to measure the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target auxiliary information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、 与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理单元,具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association between the auxiliary information, the second association is used to represent the association between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理单元,具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell The geographic location information and/or orientation information of the terminal device and the geographic location information of the terminal device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一关联关系和所述第三关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理单元,具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association between the auxiliary information, the second association is used to represent the association between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;In a possible implementation, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理单元,具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration the association between the information and the target auxiliary information; adjust the antenna angle according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device , adjust the antenna angle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第五关联关系和所述第六关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
或者,or,
所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。In a possible implementation manner, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元,还用于根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
再一方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括:In another aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising:
处理单元,用于生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;a processing unit, configured to generate a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
发送单元,用于向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端 设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。A sending unit, configured to send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information Switch to the network node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate an association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information , the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information , and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is related to the target cell and/or Information associated with a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果,或者,用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell. Reporting the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。In a possible implementation manner, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
再一方面,本申请提供一种处理器可读存储介质,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行上述任意一种可能的实施方式中的通信方法。In another aspect, the present application provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the foregoing possible implementations. communication method.
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置和设备,网络侧设备可以将网络节点的标识信息发送给终端设备,这样,可以避免终端设备使用定向天线进行盲尝试的过程,终端设备可以直接根据网络侧设备发送的标识信息,调整天线角度后对该标识信息对应的网络节点进行信号的测量,或者调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点,从而可以降低终端设备切换流程或者小区重选流程时的时延,降低了终端设备脱网的风险,进而提高了 终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。The present application provides a communication method, device and device. The network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can avoid the blind attempt process using the directional antenna, and the terminal device can directly The sent identification information, after adjusting the antenna angle, measure the signal of the network node corresponding to the identification information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay in the terminal equipment handover process or the cell reselection process, It reduces the risk of terminal equipment being disconnected from the network, thereby improving the continuous performance experience of terminal equipment services.
应当理解,上述发明内容部分中所描述的内容并非旨在限定本申请的实施例的关键或重要特征,亦非用于限制本发明的范围。本申请的其它特征将通过以下的描述变得容易理解。It should be understood that the content described in the above summary section is not intended to limit the key or important features of the embodiments of the present application, nor is it intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Other features of the present application will become readily understood from the following description.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to illustrate the technical solutions in the present application or the prior art more clearly, the following briefly introduces the accompanying drawings required in the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the accompanying drawings in the following description are the For some embodiments of the invention, for those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained from these drawings without any creative effort.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种地面通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terrestrial communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种卫星通信系统的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a satellite communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的信令图;FIG. 3 is a signaling diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of still another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of still another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请中术语“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In this application, the term "and/or" describes the relationship between related objects, and means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. a situation. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship.
本申请实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。In the embodiments of the present application, the term "plurality" refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,并不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present application.
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法及装置,用以降低采用定向天线的终端设备在小区测量或者切换或者小区重选过程中的时延,以减小终端设备脱网的风险,从而提高终端设备服务连续性性能体验。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, which are used to reduce the time delay of a terminal device using a directional antenna during cell measurement, handover, or cell reselection, so as to reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device. Device service continuity performance experience.
其中,方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的,由于方法和装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The method and the device are conceived based on the same application. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
为了下述各实施例的描述清楚简洁,首先给出相关技术的简要介绍:In order to describe the following embodiments clearly and concisely, a brief introduction of the related technology is given first:
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统,尤其是5G系统。例如适用的系统可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency  division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、高级长期演进(long term evolution advanced,LTE-A)系统、通用移动系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)系统、5G新空口(New Radio,NR)系统等。这多种系统中均包括终端设备和网络设备。系统中还可以包括核心网部分,例如演进的分组系统(Evloved Packet System,EPS)、5G系统(5GS)等。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various systems, especially 5G systems. For example, the applicable system may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) general packet Wireless service (general packet radio service, GPRS) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, Long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G New Radio (New Radio, NR) system, etc. These various systems include terminal equipment and network equipment. The system may also include a core network part, such as an evolved packet system (Evloved Packet System, EPS), a 5G system (5GS), and the like.
另外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案还可以适用于卫星通信系统。In addition, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to satellite communication systems.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种地面通信系统的结构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括终端设备11和网络设备12,终端设备11和网络设备12通过无线网络进行通信,其中,该终端设备11可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。网络设备12下可以包括一个或多个小区,例如可以包括小区1、小区2和小区3。本申请实施例对该通信系统中包括的网络设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terrestrial communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system may include a terminal device 11 and a network device 12, and the terminal device 11 and the network device 12 communicate through a wireless network, wherein the terminal device 11 may be fixed or movable . The network device 12 may include one or more cells, for example, may include cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system.
如图1所示,当通信系统的传输方向为上行传输时,终端设备11为发送端,网络设备12为接收端,当通信系统的传输方向为下行传输时,网络设备12为发送端,终端设备13为接收端。As shown in FIG. 1 , when the transmission direction of the communication system is uplink transmission, the terminal device 11 is the transmitting end, and the network device 12 is the receiving end. When the transmission direction of the communication system is downlink transmission, the network device 12 is the transmitting end, and the terminal Device 13 is the receiving end.
其中,本申请实施例涉及的终端设备,可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中,终端设备的名称可能也不相同,例如在5G系统中,终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信,无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device),本申请实施例中并不限定。The terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem. In different systems, the name of the terminal device may be different. For example, in the 5G system, the terminal device may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE). Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN). "telephone) and computers with mobile terminal equipment, eg portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiated Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (Personal Digital Assistants), PDA) and other devices. Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point , a remote terminal device (remote terminal), an access terminal device (access terminal), a user terminal device (user terminal), a user agent (user agent), and a user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,本申请实施例涉及的网络设备,可以是基站,该基站可以包括多个为终端提供服务的小区。根据具体应用场合不同,基站又可以称为接入点,或者可以是接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(Internet Protocol,IP)分组进行相互更换,作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,本申请实施例涉及的网络设备可以是全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile communications,GSM)或码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是带宽码分多址接入(Wide-band  Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB),还可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(next generation system)中的5G基站(gNB),也可以是家庭演进基站(Home evolved Node B,HeNB)、中继节点(relay node)、家庭基站(femto)、微微基站(pico)等,本申请实施例中并不限定。在一些网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点,集中单元和分布单元也可以地理上分开布置。The network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station, and the base station may include a plurality of cells providing services for the terminal. Depending on the specific application, the base station may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names. The network device can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and act as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network. The network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface. For example, the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA). ), it can also be a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or it can be an evolved network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in 5G network architecture (next generation system), or Home evolved Node B (HeNB), relay node (relay node) , a home base station (femto), a pico base station (pico), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In some network structures, a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be geographically separated.
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种卫星通信系统的结构示意图。如图2所示,该通信系统可以包括卫星21和22、终端设备23和信关站24,终端设备23和卫星21和22之间可以进行无线通信。本申请实施例中对卫星、终端设备和信关站的数量不做限定。FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a satellite communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the communication system may include satellites 21 and 22 , a terminal device 23 and a gateway station 24 , and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 23 and the satellites 21 and 22 . The number of satellites, terminal devices, and gateway stations is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
如图2所示,终端设备23与卫星21和卫星22之间的链路称为服务链路,终端设备23通过服务链路接入卫星网络并发起呼叫,上网等业务。卫星21和卫星22与信关站24之间的链路称为馈电链路,信关站24通过馈电链路控制卫星之间的切换。如图2所示,卫星21和卫星22均采用多波束覆盖地面。另外,在卫星之间存在无线链路,完成基站与基站之间的信令交互和用户数据传输。As shown in FIG. 2 , the link between the terminal device 23 and the satellites 21 and 22 is called a service link. The terminal device 23 accesses the satellite network through the service link and initiates services such as calling and surfing the Internet. The link between the satellites 21 and 22 and the gateway station 24 is called a feeder link, and the gateway station 24 controls the switching between the satellites through the feeder link. As shown in FIG. 2 , both satellites 21 and 22 use multiple beams to cover the ground. In addition, there is a wireless link between satellites to complete signaling interaction and user data transmission between base stations.
其中,图2中所示的卫星可以为透明转发卫星,也可以为再生卫星,其中,透明转发卫星仅进行信号的放大与射频转换,再生卫星具有全部或部分基站的功能。卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。例如,LEO卫星的轨道高度范围通常为500km~1500km,轨道周期(围绕地球旋转的周期)约为1.5小时~2小时。最大卫星可视时间约为20分钟,最大可视时间是指卫星的波束覆盖地面某一片区域的最长时间,LEO卫星相对地面是移动的,随着卫星的移动,其覆盖到的地面区域也是变化的。LEO卫星的信号传播距离短,链路损耗少,对终端设备的发射功率要求不高。GEO卫星的轨道高度通常为35786km,轨道周期为24小时。为了保证卫星的覆盖以及提升通信网络的系统容量,卫星可以采用多波束覆盖地面,例如,一颗卫星可以形成几十或者几百个波束来覆盖地面,一个波束可以覆盖直径几十至几百公里的地面区域。The satellite shown in FIG. 2 may be a transparent relay satellite or a regeneration satellite, wherein the transparent relay satellite only performs signal amplification and radio frequency conversion, and the regeneration satellite has all or part of the base station functions. The satellites can be low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellites, medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellites, geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellites, high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellites Wait. For example, the orbital altitude of LEO satellites is usually in the range of 500km to 1500km, and the orbital period (the period of rotation around the earth) is about 1.5 hours to 2 hours. The maximum visible time of the satellite is about 20 minutes. The maximum visible time refers to the longest time that the beam of the satellite covers a certain area of the ground. The LEO satellite moves relative to the ground. As the satellite moves, the ground area it covers is also the same. changing. The signal propagation distance of the LEO satellite is short, the link loss is small, and the transmission power requirements of the terminal equipment are not high. The orbital altitude of GEO satellites is usually 35786km, and the orbital period is 24 hours. In order to ensure the coverage of satellites and improve the system capacity of the communication network, satellites can use multiple beams to cover the ground. For example, a satellite can form tens or hundreds of beams to cover the ground, and a beam can cover tens to hundreds of kilometers in diameter ground area.
在图1所示的地面通信系统中,在终端设备的业务性能和通信质量下降后,通常需要将终端设备从一个小区切换到另一个小区或者从一个小区重选到另外一个小区,例如从图1中的小区1切换到小区2,或者从小区1重选到小区2。一般情况下,终端设备需要通过测量上报机制完成从当前服务基站到另外一个基站的切换,其中终端设备的测量上报机制是源基站为终端设备选择合适目标基站的前提,终端设备根据网络侧的测量配置在满足测量触发条件时测量邻区基站的信号质量,并以测量报告的形式上报给源基站,源基站根据终端设备上报的测量报告为终端设备选择一个或者几个合适的目标基站,并发起切换请求过程。In the terrestrial communication system shown in Fig. 1, after the service performance and communication quality of the terminal equipment are degraded, the terminal equipment usually needs to be handed over from one cell to another cell or reselected from one cell to another cell, for example, from Fig. Cell 1 in 1 is handed over to cell 2, or reselection from cell 1 to cell 2. In general, the terminal equipment needs to complete the handover from the current serving base station to another base station through the measurement reporting mechanism. The measurement reporting mechanism of the terminal equipment is the premise that the source base station selects the appropriate target base station for the terminal equipment. Configure to measure the signal quality of neighboring base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met, and report it to the source base station in the form of a measurement report. The source base station selects one or several suitable target base stations for the terminal device according to the measurement report reported by the terminal device, and initiates a Switch request process.
对于小区重选过程,终端设备会根据服务小区广播的系统信息以及有效的专用频点优先级信息确定测量目标,在满足测量触发条件时测量邻区基站的信号质量,一旦重选条件满足,终端设备就会发起小区重选流程。For the cell reselection process, the terminal equipment will determine the measurement target according to the system information broadcasted by the serving cell and the effective dedicated frequency priority information, and measure the signal quality of the neighboring cell base stations when the measurement trigger conditions are met. Once the reselection conditions are met, the terminal equipment will The device will initiate a cell reselection process.
在图2所示的卫星通信系统中,卫星切换包括多种场景:(1)同一信关站内,同一卫星内小区间的切换;(2)同一信关站内,不同卫星间小区间的切换;(3)不同信关站内,不同卫星间小区间的切换;(4)不同信关站内,同一卫星内小区间的切换。以场景2为例,当终端设备快要与卫星21信号脱离时,网络侧设备会触发终端设备从卫星21切换到卫星22,其中,如果卫星为透明转发卫星或者仅分布单元(distributed unit,DU)在卫星上的再生卫星,切换流程由信关站触发,如果卫星为集中单元(centralized unit,CU)在卫星上的再生卫星,切换流程由卫星自身触发,由此可以看出,终端设备接收不同卫星信号的角度是不同的。In the satellite communication system shown in Figure 2, satellite handover includes a variety of scenarios: (1) handover between cells within the same gateway within the same gateway; (2) handover between cells between different satellites within the same gateway; (3) Handover between cells in different gateways and between different satellites; (4) In different gateways, handover between cells in the same satellite. Taking scenario 2 as an example, when the terminal device is about to be separated from the satellite 21 signal, the network side device will trigger the terminal device to switch from the satellite 21 to the satellite 22. If the satellite is a transparent relay satellite or only a distributed unit (DU) For the regeneration satellite on the satellite, the switching process is triggered by the gateway station. If the satellite is a regeneration satellite of a centralized unit (CU) on the satellite, the switching process is triggered by the satellite itself. It can be seen that the terminal equipment receives different The angle of the satellite signal is different.
对于卫星通信系统中,终端设备进行小区重选的过程与进行小区切换的过程类似,其也包括上述四种场景,对于小区重选的过程,此处不再赘述。In the satellite communication system, the process of cell reselection by the terminal equipment is similar to the process of cell handover, which also includes the above four scenarios, and the process of cell reselection is not repeated here.
然而,在通信系统中,有时会使用高频频段。尤其是在卫星通信系统中,使用的频谱范围更广,从几GHz到几十GHz,如果采用Ka频段等高频频段,相比于低频,由于高频电磁波波长更短,波动性会变差,因此,终端设备一般会选择使用定向天线获得额外的天线增益。对于使用定向天线的终端设备来说,由于定向天线具有很强的方向性,为了找到目标卫星或者目标小区,终端设备如果按照上述的测量或者切换过程,可能需要消耗大量时间在若干候选小区内搜索目标小区,或者搜索目标卫星。但是,通常一个LEO卫星掠过地面的速度可达几公里/秒,能为终端设备提供信号服务的时间也就几秒钟,如果终端设备消耗大量时间搜索目标小区或者目标卫星,这样会造成切换流程或者小区重选流程时延较大。如果终端设备不能及时找到目标小区或者目标卫星发起接入过程,终端设备可能会有脱网的风险,从而降低了终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。因此,如何能及时的确定目标卫星或者目标小区方向,对于使用定向天线的终端设备来说是非常重要的。However, in communication systems, high frequency bands are sometimes used. Especially in satellite communication systems, the spectrum used is wider, ranging from several GHz to tens of GHz. If high-frequency frequency bands such as Ka-band are used, compared with low-frequency waves, due to the shorter wavelength of high-frequency electromagnetic waves, the volatility will be worse. , therefore, the terminal device generally chooses to use a directional antenna to obtain additional antenna gain. For a terminal device using a directional antenna, since the directional antenna has strong directivity, in order to find the target satellite or target cell, if the terminal device follows the above measurement or handover process, it may take a lot of time to search in several candidate cells. target cell, or search for the target satellite. However, usually a LEO satellite can swipe the ground at a speed of several kilometers per second, and the time it can provide signal services for terminal equipment is only a few seconds. If the terminal equipment spends a lot of time searching for the target cell or target satellite, it will cause handover. The process or the cell reselection process has a relatively long delay. If the terminal device cannot find the target cell in time or the target satellite initiates the access process, the terminal device may be at risk of being disconnected from the network, thereby reducing the service continuity performance experience of the terminal device. Therefore, how to determine the direction of the target satellite or the target cell in time is very important for the terminal device using the directional antenna.
本申请实施例中考虑到上述问题,提出了一种通信方法,网络侧设备会生成第一消息,并将该第一消息发送给终端设备,该第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息,该目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,其中,网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区,终端设备根据接收到的目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点。由于网络侧设备可以将网络节点的标识信息发送给终端设备,这样,可以避免终端设备使用定向天线进行盲尝试的过程,终端设备可以直接根据网络侧设备发送的标识信息,调整天线角度后对该标识信息对应的网络节点进行信号的测量,或者调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点,从而可以降低终端设备切换流程或者小区重选流程时的时延,降低了终端设备脱网的风险,进而提高了终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。In consideration of the above problems, the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method. The network side device generates a first message and sends the first message to the terminal device. The first message includes target auxiliary information, and the target The auxiliary information is used to represent the identification information of the network node, wherein the network node includes the target satellite or the target cell, and the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle and measures the signal of the network node according to the received target auxiliary information or switches to the network after adjusting the antenna angle. node. Since the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, the process of blindly trying the terminal device using the directional antenna can be avoided, and the terminal device can directly adjust the antenna angle according to the identification information sent by the network-side device. The network node corresponding to the identification information measures the signal, or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay in the terminal device handover process or the cell reselection process, reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, and improve the It improves the continuous performance experience of terminal device services.
下面,通过详细的实施例对本申请提供的通信方法的技术方案进行详细地描述。可以理解的是,下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例不再赘述。Below, the technical solution of the communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail through detailed embodiments. It can be understood that the following specific embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be repeated in some embodiments.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的信令图,需要说明的是,虽然在本申请的实施例中,以特定顺序呈现了方法的各个步骤,但是可以在不同的实施例中改变步骤的顺序,并且在一些实施例中,可以同时执行在本说明书中按顺序示出的一个或多个步骤。如图3所示,该方法包括:FIG. 3 is a signaling diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that although the steps of the method are presented in a specific order in the embodiments of the present application, they may be implemented in different embodiments. The order of the steps is varied, and in some embodiments, one or more of the steps shown in the sequence shown in this specification may be performed concurrently. As shown in Figure 3, the method includes:
步骤301:网络侧设备生成第一消息,该第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区。Step 301: The network side device generates a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell.
其中,在地面通信系统中,网络侧设备可以理解为基站。在卫星通信系统中,若卫星仅做信号放大和射频转换,则该网络侧设备可以理解为基站,基站在生成第一消息后,将生成的第一消息发送给卫星,并经由卫星对信号进行放大处理和射频转换处理后再转发给终端设备。若卫星为再生卫星,则该网络侧设备可以理解为上述再生卫星。Among them, in the terrestrial communication system, the network side device can be understood as a base station. In a satellite communication system, if the satellite only performs signal amplification and radio frequency conversion, the network-side device can be understood as a base station. After the base station generates the first message, it sends the generated first message to the satellite, and the signal is processed by the satellite. After amplification processing and radio frequency conversion processing, it is forwarded to the terminal equipment. If the satellite is a regenerative satellite, the network side device can be understood as the above-mentioned regenerative satellite.
示例性的,上述第一消息可以包含于小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。在一种可能的实现方式中,对于连接态的终端设备,第一消息可以是高层专用信令,对于空闲态的终端设备,第一消息可以是小区广播消息,如系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned first message may be included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling. In a possible implementation manner, for a terminal device in a connected state, the first message may be a high-level dedicated signaling, and for a terminal device in an idle state, the first message may be a cell broadcast message, such as a system information block (System Information Block). , SIB).
其中,高层专用信令可以是指高层协议层发出的信令,高层协议层为物理层以上的至少一个协议层。其中,高层协议层具体可以包括以下协议层中的至少一个:媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)等,则高层信令可以包括RRC信令,MAC控制单元(control element,CE)等。The high-level dedicated signaling may refer to signaling sent by a high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer. The high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: a medium access control (MAC) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, and non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS), etc., the high-level signaling may include RRC signaling, MAC control element (control element, CE) )Wait.
另外,目标辅助信息可以用于表示网络节点的标识信息,该网络节点包括目标卫星或目标小区。其中,目标卫星为终端设备需要测量或者切换的卫星,目标小区为终端设备需要测量或者切换的小区。In addition, the target assistance information may be used to represent identification information of a network node including a target satellite or a target cell. The target satellite is a satellite that the terminal device needs to measure or hand over, and the target cell is a cell that the terminal device needs to measure or hand over.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在网络节点包括目标卫星时,目标辅助信息可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the network node includes the target satellite, the target assistance information may include at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, satellite operation data associated with the target satellite The orbit identification information of the target satellite or the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
具体地,上述的卫星运行数据可以理解为卫星领域中的星历图(Ephemeris)。通过星历图,可以获知在某一定义的时间起点时卫星的初始位置状态矢量信息,通常时间起点信息是公共的,不用单独与某一颗卫星绑定,并需要6个参数来表征一个卫星运行数据,其中卫星的绝对空间位置需要三个参数表示,卫星的空间速度矢量需要三个参数表示。因此,根据星历图的含义可知,在获取到某个卫星的卫星运行数据后,即可精准计算出该卫星在未来任何时间点的空间位置信息。Specifically, the above-mentioned satellite operation data can be understood as an ephemeris in the satellite field. Through the ephemeris map, you can know the initial position state vector information of the satellite at a defined time starting point. Usually, the time starting point information is public and does not need to be bound to a satellite separately, and 6 parameters are required to characterize a satellite. Operation data, in which the absolute space position of the satellite needs to be represented by three parameters, and the space velocity vector of the satellite needs to be represented by three parameters. Therefore, according to the meaning of the ephemeris, after obtaining the satellite operation data of a certain satellite, the spatial position information of the satellite at any point in the future can be accurately calculated.
其中,卫星运行数据可以通过非接入层提供,也可以通过接入层提供。Among them, the satellite operation data can be provided through the non-access layer or through the access layer.
示例性的,可以通过表1中的显性索引方法,将卫星运行数据与卫星标识信息进行关联,或者也可以理解为将卫星运行数据与卫星标识信息建立对应关系,其中,表1中的卫星运行数据与卫星标识信息具有一一对应的关系。Exemplarily, the satellite operation data can be associated with the satellite identification information through the explicit indexing method in Table 1, or it can also be understood as establishing a corresponding relationship between the satellite operation data and the satellite identification information, wherein, the satellites in Table 1 There is a one-to-one correspondence between the operation data and the satellite identification information.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000001
在目标辅助信息中包括与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息,通过表 1中的索引关系,可以根据卫星标识信息,得到与该卫星标识信息对应的卫星运行数据。例如:若目标辅助信息中包括有卫星标识信息2,则根据表1,可以确定出与卫星标识信息2对应的卫星运行数据2。The target assistance information includes satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Through the index relationship in Table 1, the satellite operation data corresponding to the satellite identification information can be obtained according to the satellite identification information. For example, if the satellite identification information 2 is included in the target assistance information, according to Table 1, the satellite operation data 2 corresponding to the satellite identification information 2 can be determined.
示例性的,可以通过表2中的显性索引方法,将卫星运行数据与卫星的轨道标识信息进行关联,或者也可以理解为将卫星运行数据与卫星的轨道标识信息之间建立对应关系。其中,表2中的卫星运行数据与卫星的轨道标识信息具有一一对应的关系。Exemplarily, the satellite operation data can be associated with the orbit identification information of the satellite through the explicit index method in Table 2, or it can also be understood as establishing a correspondence between the satellite operation data and the orbit identification information of the satellite. Wherein, the satellite operation data in Table 2 has a one-to-one correspondence with the orbit identification information of the satellite.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000002
在目标辅助信息中包括与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息时,通过表2中的索引关系,可以根据轨道标识信息,得到与该轨道标识信息对应的卫星运行数据。例如:若目标辅助信息中包括有轨道标识信息M-1,则根据表2,可以确定出与卫星标识信息M-1对应的卫星运行数据M-1。When the target auxiliary information includes orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, through the index relationship in Table 2, the satellite operation data corresponding to the orbit identification information can be obtained according to the orbit identification information. For example, if the target assistance information includes orbit identification information M-1, then according to Table 2, the satellite operation data M-1 corresponding to the satellite identification information M-1 can be determined.
示例性的,还可以将所有的卫星运行数据形成一个列表,并通过表3中所示的方式,将每个卫星运行数据与该卫星运行数据在该列表中的索引(index)信息进行关联,或者也可以理解为将卫星运行数据与索引信息之间建立对应关系。其中,表3中的卫星运行数据与索引信息具有一一对应的关系。Exemplarily, all satellite operation data can also be formed into a list, and each satellite operation data can be associated with the index information of the satellite operation data in the list in the manner shown in Table 3, Or it can also be understood as establishing a correspondence between the satellite operation data and the index information. Among them, the satellite operation data in Table 3 has a one-to-one correspondence with the index information.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000003
应理解,索引信息1表示卫星运行数据1在所有的卫星运行数据所形成的列表中的索引值为1。It should be understood that the index information 1 indicates that the index value of the satellite operation data 1 in the list formed by all the satellite operation data is 1.
在目标辅助信息中包括目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息时,通过表3中的对应关系,可以根据索引信息,得到与该索引信息对应的卫星运行数据。例如:若目标辅助信息中包括有索引信息1,则根据表3,可以确定出与索引信息1对应的卫星运行数据1。When the target assistance information includes index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, through the correspondence in Table 3, the satellite operation data corresponding to the index information can be obtained according to the index information. For example, if the target assistance information includes index information 1, according to Table 3, the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the index information 1 can be determined.
其中,表1-表3中的M为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, M in Table 1-Table 3 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
可以理解的是,目标辅助信息中可以仅包含卫星标识信息、轨道标识信息或索引信息,也可以同时包含两个或者两个以上的上述信息,例如目标辅助信息中可以同时包含卫星标识信息和轨道标识信息。It can be understood that the target assistance information may only contain satellite identification information, orbit identification information or index information, or two or more of the above-mentioned information at the same time. For example, the target assistance information may contain both satellite identification information and orbit information. identification information.
通过上述表1-表3中所示的对应关系,终端设备在接收到目标辅助信息后,可以确定出目标卫星的卫星运行数据,从而可以计算出该目标卫星在未来任何时间点的空间位置信息。Through the correspondence shown in Table 1 to Table 3 above, after receiving the target assistance information, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite, so as to calculate the spatial position information of the target satellite at any point in time in the future .
在本实施例中,由于卫星运行数据的数据量较大,因此,可以在目标辅助信息中设置与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关 联的轨道标识信息或目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息中的一个或多个,并通过上述信息表示目标卫星,以避免直接将卫星运行数据嵌入测量配置或者切换配置中发送给终端设备的现象,从而可以减小数据的发送量,节省了通信资源。In this embodiment, since the data volume of the satellite operation data is relatively large, the satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite may be set in the target assistance information Or one or more of the index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite, and the target satellite is represented by the above information, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the satellite operation data is directly embedded in the measurement configuration or the switching configuration and sent to the terminal device, so as to reduce the The transmission volume of small data saves communication resources.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,在网络节点包括目标小区时,目标辅助信息包括目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。In another possible implementation manner, when the network node includes the target cell, the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell.
具体地,地理位置信息可以为经纬度信息,方位信息可以为方向信息。在地面通信系统中,目标辅助信息中可以仅包括需要测量或者切换的目标小区的信号源的地理位置信息,也可以仅包括需要测量或者切换的目标小区的信号源的方位信息,还可以包括需要测量或者切换的目标小区的信号源的地理位置信息和方位信息。这样,网络侧设备将目标辅助信息发送给终端设备之后,终端设备可以根据地理位置信息和/或方位信息,确定出目标小区所在的位置或方向。Specifically, the geographic location information may be longitude and latitude information, and the orientation information may be direction information. In a terrestrial communication system, the target assistance information may only include the geographic location information of the signal source of the target cell that needs to be measured or handed over, or may only include the position information of the signal source of the target cell that needs to be measured or handed over. Geographic location information and orientation information of the signal source of the target cell for measurement or handover. In this way, after the network side device sends the target assistance information to the terminal device, the terminal device can determine the location or direction of the target cell according to the geographic location information and/or the orientation information.
在本实施例中,在目标辅助信息中设置目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,以通知终端设备目标小区所在的位置或方向,可以避免终端设备先搜索目标小区,再对目标小区进行测量或者切换到目标小区的现象,从而可以降低目标小区测量或切换到目标小区的时延。In this embodiment, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell is set in the target assistance information to notify the terminal equipment of the location or direction of the target cell, which can prevent the terminal equipment from first searching for the target cell and then searching for the target cell. The phenomenon that the cell performs measurement or is handed over to the target cell, so that the delay of the target cell measurement or handover to the target cell can be reduced.
步骤302:网络侧设备向终端设备发送第一消息。Step 302: The network side device sends a first message to the terminal device.
在本步骤中,网络侧设备生成第一消息后,将该第一消息发送给终端设备。In this step, after generating the first message, the network side device sends the first message to the terminal device.
步骤303:终端设备根据目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到网络节点。Step 303: According to the target auxiliary information, the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle and then measures the signal of the network node or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
在本步骤中,在网络节点包括目标卫星时,终端设备可以根据目标辅助信息确定出目标卫星的空间位置信息,并调整自身的接收天线角度,使终端设备的接收天线对准该目标卫星发送的信号,从而测量目标卫星的信号,或者切换到目标卫星。In this step, when the network node includes the target satellite, the terminal device can determine the spatial position information of the target satellite according to the target assistance information, and adjust its own receiving antenna angle, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the target satellite. signal to measure the signal of the target satellite, or switch to the target satellite.
对于根据目标辅助信息,调整天线角度的方式,在一种可能的实现方式中,可以是根据目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,该第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,该第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系,然后根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。For the method of adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, in a possible implementation manner, the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point may be determined according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship , the first correlation is used to represent the correlation between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, the second correlation is used to represent the correlation between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data, and then according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite And the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle.
具体地,第二关联关系可以是预先存储在终端设备中或者通过网络侧系统信息或者专用信令获取,该关联关系用于表示多个辅助信息与多个卫星运行数据之间的对应关系,而且辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间具有一一对应的关系。例如:辅助信息1与卫星运行数据1对应,辅助信息2与卫星运行数据2对应……辅助信息P与卫星运行数据P对应。Specifically, the second association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device or acquired through network-side system information or dedicated signaling, and the association relationship is used to represent the correspondence between multiple pieces of auxiliary information and multiple pieces of satellite operation data, and There is a one-to-one correspondence between the assistance information and the satellite operation data. For example, auxiliary information 1 corresponds to satellite operation data 1, auxiliary information 2 corresponds to satellite operation data 2... Auxiliary information P corresponds to satellite operation data P.
第一关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,该目标辅助信息为第二关联关系中多个辅助信息中的任意一个。其中,第一关联关系可以如表4所示:The first association relationship may be included in the first message, and the first association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and the target auxiliary information is any of the plurality of auxiliary information in the second association relationship. One. Among them, the first association relationship can be as shown in Table 4:
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000005
其中,表4中的N为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, N in Table 4 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
示例性的,一个测量对象(measurement object,MO)包含一个测量频点,而且一个测量频点信息又关联一个目标辅助信息。也即测量对象、测量频点和目标辅助信息之间存在一一对应的关系。Exemplarily, a measurement object (measurement object, MO) includes a measurement frequency point, and a measurement frequency point information is associated with a target auxiliary information. That is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between measurement objects, measurement frequency points and target auxiliary information.
上述的测量频点可以是卫星频点或者同步信号和物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)块(synchronization signaland PBCHblock,SSB)或者信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal,CSI-RS)或者小区频点。The above-mentioned measurement frequency points can be satellite frequency points or synchronization signals and physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH) block (synchronization signal and PBCH block, SSB) or channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS) or cell frequency.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第二关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的卫星运行数据,然后根据如表4中所示的第一关联关系,可以确定出与测量频点关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,这样,终端设备可以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线角度,使终端设备的接收天线对准该目标卫星发送的信号,接着根据该测量频点,测量目标卫星的信号。After receiving the target assistance information, the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the first association relationship shown in Table 4, the measurement frequency can be determined. The satellite operation data of the associated target satellite, so that the terminal device can adjust its own receiving antenna angle according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal device, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the signal sent by the target satellite, Then, according to the measurement frequency point, the signal of the target satellite is measured.
示例性的,根据目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定出的测量频点关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据可以如表5所示:Exemplarily, according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the second association relationship, the determined satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point may be as shown in Table 5:
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000006
其中,表5中的N为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, N in Table 5 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息1,终端设备根据第二关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的卫星运行数据1,再根据第一关联关系,可以确定出测量频点1关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据1。这样,终端设备将根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据1和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线,然后根据该测量频点1对目标卫星的信号进行测量。For example, if the first message includes target assistance information 1, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the measurement frequency according to the first association relationship. Satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite associated with point 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own receiving antenna according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target satellite according to the measurement frequency point 1 .
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出测量频点关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据之后,可以根据卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据测量频点测量目标卫星的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency, the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical position information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target satellite according to the measurement frequency. , which can improve the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,该目标PCI为测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的PCI与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,然后根据卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度后测量目标卫星的信号。In another possible implementation manner, according to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier, PCI) configured on the measurement frequency point. Satellite operation data, the target PCI is any one of multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and then according to the satellite operation data Data and geographic location information of terminal equipment, adjust the antenna angle and measure the signal of the target satellite.
具体地,第三关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的PCI与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。其中,第三关联关系可以如表6所示:Specifically, the third association relationship may be included in the first message, and the third association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information. Among them, the third association relationship can be as shown in Table 6:
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000007
其中,表6中的P、Q、N、X和Y均为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, P, Q, N, X and Y in Table 6 are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
示例性的,一个测量对象(measurement object,MO)包含一个测量频点,而且一个测量频点信息又关联一个或者多个PCI信息,一个PCI又与一个目标辅助信息关联。Exemplarily, a measurement object (measurement object, MO) includes a measurement frequency point, and one measurement frequency point information is associated with one or more pieces of PCI information, and a PCI is associated with a piece of target auxiliary information.
上述的测量频点可以是卫星频点、SSB、CSI-RS或者小区频点。The above measurement frequency points may be satellite frequency points, SSB, CSI-RS or cell frequency points.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第二关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的卫星运行数据,然后根据如表6中所示的第三关联关系,可以确定出测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,这样,终端设备可以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线角度,使终端设备的接收天线对准该目标卫星发送的信号,接着根据该测量频点上配置的目标PCI测量目标卫星的信号。After receiving the target assistance information, the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the third association relationship shown in Table 6, it can be determined that the measurement frequency The satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configured target PCI, so that the terminal device can adjust its receiving antenna angle according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal device, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aimed at the target satellite. The transmitted signal is then measured for the signal of the target satellite according to the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point.
示例性的,根据目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和第二关联关系,确定出的测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据可以如表7所示:Exemplarily, according to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target PCI configured on the determined measurement frequency point may be as shown in Table 7:
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000009
其中,表7中的P、Q、N、X和Y均为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, P, Q, N, X and Y in Table 7 are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息11,终端设备根据第二关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息11对应的卫星运行数据1,再根据第三关联关系,可以确定出测量频点1上配置的目标PCI 11关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据1。这样,终端设备将根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据1和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线,然后根据该测量频点1以及其上配置的目标PCI 11对目标卫星的信号进行测量。For example, if the first message includes the target assistance information 11, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 11 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the measurement frequency according to the third association relationship. Satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite associated with the target PCI 11 configured on point 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own receiving antenna according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target satellite according to the measurement frequency point 1 and the target PCI 11 configured on it.
可以理解的是,由于对目标卫星进行测量时,需要同时确定出测量频点以及PCI。对于表5中所示的关联关系,在对目标卫星进行测量时,针对每一个测量频点,需要盲尝试最多1008种PCI信息后,才能确定出目标PCI。而对于表7中所示的关联关系,网络侧设备在目标辅助信息中配置了目标PCI,终端设备不用通过盲尝试过程确定测量频点关联的PCI信息。而定向天线的空间扫描过程独立于测量频点以及PCI确定过程不论网络侧配置的目标辅助信息仅与测量频点关联还是同时与配置测量频点以及PCI信息关联,目标辅助信息均可以提高终端定向天线信号测量的效率。It can be understood that, when the target satellite is measured, the measurement frequency point and the PCI need to be determined at the same time. For the correlation shown in Table 5, when the target satellite is measured, for each measurement frequency point, the target PCI can be determined only after blindly trying up to 1008 kinds of PCI information. For the association relationship shown in Table 7, the network side device configures the target PCI in the target auxiliary information, and the terminal device does not need to determine the PCI information associated with the measurement frequency points through the blind trial process. The spatial scanning process of the directional antenna is independent of the measurement frequency point and the PCI determination process. Regardless of whether the target auxiliary information configured on the network side is only associated with the measurement frequency point or is associated with the configured measurement frequency point and PCI information at the same time, the target auxiliary information can improve the terminal orientation. Efficiency of antenna signal measurements.
在本实施例中,终端设备确定出测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据之后,可以根据卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据测量频点以及目标PCI测量目标卫星的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this embodiment, after the terminal device determines the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, it can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical position information of the terminal device, and then adjust the antenna angle according to the measurement frequency point and The target PCI measures the signal of the target satellite, so that the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement can be improved.
另外,在切换到目标卫星时,也需要先调整终端设备的天线角度,在一种可能的实现方式中,可以根据目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,该第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,该第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系,然后根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。In addition, when switching to the target satellite, the antenna angle of the terminal device also needs to be adjusted first. In a possible implementation manner, the target auxiliary information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship can be used to determine the handover configuration information. The satellite operation data of the target satellite, the fifth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, the second association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the assistance information and the satellite operation data, and then according to The satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
具体地,第二关联关系可以是预先存储在终端设备中的,该关联关系用于表示多个辅助信息与多个卫星运行数据之间的对应关系,而且辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间具有一一对应的关系。例如:辅助信息1与卫星运行数据1对应,辅助信息2与卫星运行数据2对应……辅助信息P与卫星运行数据P对应。Specifically, the second association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device, and the association relationship is used to represent the corresponding relationship between the plurality of auxiliary information and the plurality of satellite operation data, and there is a relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data. a corresponding relationship. For example, auxiliary information 1 corresponds to satellite operation data 1, auxiliary information 2 corresponds to satellite operation data 2... Auxiliary information P corresponds to satellite operation data P.
第五关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,其中,切换配置信息可以理解为切换候选小区配置信息,也可以理解为同步重配配置信息,该目标辅助信息为第二关联关系中多个辅助信息中的任意一个。其中,第五关联关系可以如表8所示:The fifth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood as the handover candidate cell configuration information, and can also be understood as In order to reconfigure the configuration information synchronously, the target auxiliary information is any one of multiple auxiliary information in the second association relationship. Among them, the fifth association can be as shown in Table 8:
表8Table 8
第一消息first news
切换配置信息Switch configuration information
目标辅助信息target auxiliary information
其中,第一消息中包括一组切换配置信息,该组切换配置信息又关联一个目标辅助信息。Wherein, the first message includes a group of handover configuration information, and the group of handover configuration information is further associated with a target auxiliary information.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第二关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的卫星运行数据,然后根据如表8中所示的第五关联关系,可以确定出切换配置信息关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,这样,终端设备可以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线角度,使终端设备的发送及接收天线对准该目标卫星,从而根据切换配置信息切换到目标卫星。After receiving the target assistance information, the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the fifth association relationship shown in Table 8, the handover configuration information association can be determined In this way, the terminal device can adjust its own sending and receiving antenna angles according to the satellite operating data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal device, so that the sending and receiving antennas of the terminal device are aimed at the target satellite, Thereby, switching to the target satellite according to the switching configuration information.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息1,终端设备根据第二关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的卫星运行数据1,再根据第五关联关系,可以确定出切换配置信息关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据1。这样,终端设备将根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据1和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线,然后根据切换配置信息切换到目标卫星。For example, if the first message includes target assistance information 1, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the handover configuration according to the fifth association relationship. Information associated with the target satellite's satellite operation data 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target satellite according to the handover configuration information.
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出切换配置信息关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据之后,可以根据卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据切换配置信息切换到目标卫星,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information, the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical position information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target satellite according to the handover configuration information, Thereby, the efficiency of the handover process can be improved.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据,该第六关联关系用于表示切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,并根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。In another possible implementation manner, the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information is determined according to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship, and the second association relationship, and the sixth association relationship It is used to indicate the relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, and adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the terminal equipment.
具体地,第六关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第六关联关系用于表示切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,其中,切换配置信息可以理解为切换候选小区配置信息,也可以理解为同步重配配置信息。其中,第六关联关系可以如表9所示:Specifically, the sixth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood The configuration information for the handover candidate cell can also be understood as the synchronization reconfiguration configuration information. Among them, the sixth association relationship can be as shown in Table 9:
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000010
其中,第一消息中包括一组或者多组切换配置信息,且每组切换配置信息又关联一个目标辅助信息。Wherein, the first message includes one or more groups of handover configuration information, and each group of handover configuration information is associated with a piece of target auxiliary information.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第二关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的卫星运行数据,然后根据如表9中所示的第六关联关系,可以确定出切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据。这样,终端设备可以根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线角度,使终端设备的发送及接收天线对准该目标卫星,从而根据切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息切换到目标卫星。After receiving the target assistance information, the satellite operation data corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the second association relationship, and then according to the sixth association relationship shown in Table 9, it can be determined that the handover configuration information The configuration information of the candidate cell is associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite. In this way, the terminal device can adjust its own transmit and receive antenna angles according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical location information of the terminal device, so that the transmit and receive antennas of the terminal device are aligned with the target satellite, so as to switch the configuration information according to the candidate The configuration information of the cell is handed over to the target satellite.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息1,终端设备根据第二关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的卫星运行数据1,再根据第六关联关系,可以确定 出切换配置信息1关联的目标卫星的卫星运行数据1。这样,终端设备将根据目标卫星的卫星运行数据1和终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线,然后根据切换配置信息1切换到目标卫星。For example, if the first message includes target assistance information 1, the terminal device can determine the satellite operation data 1 corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the second association relationship, and then determine the handover configuration according to the sixth association relationship. The satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite associated with the information 1. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the satellite operation data 1 of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target satellite according to the handover configuration information 1.
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的卫星运行数据之后,可以根据卫星运行数据和终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息切换到目标卫星,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the satellite operation data associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, the terminal device can adjust the antenna angle according to the satellite operation data and the geographical location information of the terminal device, and then adjust the antenna angle according to the The configuration information of the candidate cell is handed over to the target satellite, so that the efficiency of the handover procedure can be improved.
示例性的,在网络节点包括目标小区时,终端设备可以根据目标辅助信息确定出目标小区的位置信息或者方向信息,并调整自身的天线角度,使终端设备的天线对准该目标小区发送的信号,从而测量目标小区的信号,或者切换到目标小区。Exemplarily, when the network node includes a target cell, the terminal device can determine the location information or direction information of the target cell according to the target assistance information, and adjust its own antenna angle so that the antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the signal sent by the target cell. , so as to measure the signal of the target cell, or switch to the target cell.
对于根据目标辅助信息,调整天线角度的方式,在一种可能的实现方式中,可以根据目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,该第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系,然后根据目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。For the method of adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, in a possible implementation manner, the geographic location information and /or position information, the first association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the position information, Then, the antenna angle is adjusted according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
具体地,第四关联关系可以是预先存储在终端设备中或者通过网络侧系统信息或者专用信令获取,该关联关系用于表示多个辅助信息与多个地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的对应关系,而且辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间具有一一对应的关系。例如:辅助信息1与地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1对应,辅助信息2与地理位置信息2和/或方位信息2对应……辅助信息P与地理位置信息P和/或方位信息P对应。Specifically, the fourth association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device or acquired through network-side system information or dedicated signaling, and the association relationship is used to represent the relationship between multiple pieces of auxiliary information and multiple pieces of geographic location information and/or orientation information There is a one-to-one correspondence between auxiliary information and geographic location information and/or orientation information. For example: auxiliary information 1 corresponds to geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1, auxiliary information 2 corresponds to geographic location information 2 and/or orientation information 2... auxiliary information P corresponds to geographic location information P and/or orientation information P .
第一关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,该目标辅助信息为第四关联关系中多个辅助信息中的任意一个。其中,第一关联关系可以如表4所示。The first association relationship may be included in the first message, and the first association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and the target auxiliary information is any of the plurality of auxiliary information in the fourth association relationship. One. The first association relationship may be as shown in Table 4.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第四关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,然后根据如表4中所示的第一关联关系,可以确定出与测量频点关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,这样,终端设备可以根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线角度,使终端设备的接收天线对准该目标小区发送的信号,接着根据该测量频点测量目标小区的信号。After receiving the target auxiliary information, the geographic location information and/or orientation information corresponding to the target auxiliary information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the first association relationship shown in Table 4, it can be determined Obtain the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point, so that the terminal device can adjust the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device. The receiving antenna angle of the terminal device is adjusted to align the receiving antenna of the terminal device with the signal sent by the target cell, and then the signal of the target cell is measured according to the measurement frequency point.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息1,终端设备根据第四关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1,再根据第一关联关系,可以确定出测量对象1的测量频点1关联的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1。这样,终端设备根据地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线,然后根据该测量频点1对目标小区的信号进行测量。For example, if the first message includes target auxiliary information 1, the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 corresponding to the target auxiliary information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the first association relationship , the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 associated with the measurement frequency point 1 of the measurement object 1 can be determined. In this way, the terminal device adjusts its own receiving antenna according to the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measures the signal of the target cell according to the measurement frequency point 1 .
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出测量频点关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息之后,可以根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据测量频点测量目标小区的信号, 从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency, the terminal device may The antenna angle is adjusted according to the geographic location information of the device, and then the signal of the target cell is measured according to the measurement frequency point, so that the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement can be improved.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,可以根据目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,该目标PCI为测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的PCI与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,并根据目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。In another possible implementation manner, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point may be determined according to the target assistance information, the third association relationship, and the fourth association relationship , the target PCI is any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information, and is based on the geographic location of the target cell. Information and/or azimuth information and geographic location information of the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle.
具体地,第三关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的PCI与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。Specifically, the third association relationship may be included in the first message, and the third association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第四关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,然后根据如表6中所示的第三关联关系,可以确定出与测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。这样,终端设备可以根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的接收天线角度,使终端设备的接收天线对准该目标小区发送的信号,接着根据该测量频点以及其上配置的目标PCI测量目标小区的信号。After receiving the target auxiliary information, the geographic location information and/or orientation information corresponding to the target auxiliary information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the third association relationship shown in Table 6, it can be determined Geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point is obtained. In this way, the terminal device can adjust its receiving antenna angle according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, so that the receiving antenna of the terminal device is aligned with the signal sent by the target cell, Then, the signal of the target cell is measured according to the measurement frequency point and the target PCI configured thereon.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息11,终端设备根据第四关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1,再根据第三关联关系,可以确定出测量对象1的测量频点1上配置的目标PCI 11关联的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1。这样,终端设备可以根据地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整自身的接收天线,接着根据该测量频点1以及PCI 11信息对目标小区的信号进行测量。For example, if the first message includes target auxiliary information 11, the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 corresponding to the target auxiliary information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the third association relationship , the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 associated with the target PCI 11 configured on the measurement frequency point 1 of the measurement object 1 can be determined. In this way, the terminal device can adjust its own receiving antenna according to the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then measure the signal of the target cell according to the measurement frequency point 1 and the PCI 11 information .
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出与测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息之后,可以根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据测量频点以及其上配置的目标PCI测量目标小区的信号,从而可以提高定向天线信号测量的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, the terminal device can The azimuth information and the geographic location information of the terminal device adjust the antenna angle, and then measure the signal of the target cell according to the measurement frequency point and the target PCI configured thereon, thereby improving the efficiency of directional antenna signal measurement.
另外,在切换到目标小区时,也需要先调整终端设备的天线角度。在一种可能的实现方式中,可以根据目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,该第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系,然后根据目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。In addition, when switching to the target cell, the antenna angle of the terminal device also needs to be adjusted first. In a possible implementation manner, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information may be determined according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship, and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used for Represents the association between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, and the fourth association is used to represent the association between the assistance information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information, and then according to the geographic location information and/or orientation of the target cell information and the geographic location information of the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle.
具体地,第四关联关系可以是预先存储在终端设备中或者通过网络侧系统信息或者专用信令获取,该关联关系用于表示多个辅助信息与多个地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的对应关系,而且辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间具有一一对应的关系。例如:辅助信息1与地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1对应,辅助信息2与地理位置信息2和/或方位信息2对应……辅助信息P与地理位置信息P和/或方位信息P对应。Specifically, the fourth association relationship may be pre-stored in the terminal device or acquired through network-side system information or dedicated signaling, and the association relationship is used to represent the relationship between multiple pieces of auxiliary information and multiple pieces of geographic location information and/or orientation information There is a one-to-one correspondence between auxiliary information and geographic location information and/or orientation information. For example: auxiliary information 1 corresponds to geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1, auxiliary information 2 corresponds to geographic location information 2 and/or orientation information 2... auxiliary information P corresponds to geographic location information P and/or orientation information P .
第五关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,其中,切换配置信息可以理解为切换候选小区配置信 息,也可以理解为同步重配配置信息。该目标辅助信息为第二关联关系中多个辅助信息中的任意一个。The fifth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood as the handover candidate cell configuration information, and can also be understood as Reconfigure configuration information for synchronization. The target auxiliary information is any one of a plurality of auxiliary information in the second association relationship.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第四关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,然后根据如表8中所示的第五关联关系,可以确定出切换配置信息关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。这样,终端设备可以根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线角度,使终端设备的发送及接收天线对准该目标小区发送的信号,从而根据切换配置信息切换到目标小区。After receiving the target assistance information, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the fifth correlation shown in Table 8 The association relationship can determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information. In this way, the terminal device can adjust its own transmit and receive antenna angles according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, so that the transmit and receive antennas of the terminal device are aligned with the target cell The signal sent, thereby handing over to the target cell according to the handover configuration information.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息1,终端设备根据第四关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1,再根据第五关联关系,可以确定出切换配置信息关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。这样,终端设备将根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线,然后根据切换配置信息切换到目标小区。For example, if the first message includes target assistance information 1, the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then According to the fifth association relationship, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information can be determined. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and then switch to the target cell according to the handover configuration information.
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出切换配置信息关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息之后,可以根据地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据切换配置信息切换到目标小区,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell signal source associated with the handover configuration information, the terminal device may determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information and the geographic location information of the terminal device according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information. Adjust the antenna angle, and then switch to the target cell according to the handover configuration information, thereby improving the efficiency of the handover process.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,可以根据目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,该第六关联关系用于表示切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,并根据目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。In another possible implementation manner, the geographic location information and/or the geographic location information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information may be determined according to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship Orientation information, the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, and is based on the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the Geolocation information, adjust the antenna angle.
具体地,第六关联关系可以包含于第一消息中,该第六关联关系用于表示切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,其中,切换配置信息可以理解为切换候选小区配置信息,也可以理解为同步重配配置信息。Specifically, the sixth association relationship may be included in the first message, and the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information, wherein the handover configuration information can be understood The configuration information for the handover candidate cell can also be understood as the synchronization reconfiguration configuration information.
由于在接收到目标辅助信息之后,可以根据第四关联关系,确定出与该目标辅助信息对应的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,然后根据如表9中所示的第六关联关系,可以确定出与切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。这样,终端设备可以根据目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线角度,使终端设备的发送及接收天线对准该目标小区发送的信号,从而根据切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息切换到目标小区。After receiving the target assistance information, the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information can be determined according to the fourth association relationship, and then according to the sixth correlation shown in Table 9 The association relationship can determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information. In this way, the terminal device can adjust its own transmit and receive antenna angles according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the signal source of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device, so that the transmit and receive antennas of the terminal device are aligned with the target cell The signal sent, thereby switching to the target cell according to the configuration information of the candidate cell in the switching configuration information.
举例来说,若第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息1,终端设备根据第四关联关系可以确定出该目标辅助信息1对应的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1,再根据第六关联关系,可以确定出切换配置信息1关联的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1。这样,终端设备将根据地理位置信息1和/或方位信息1以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整自身的发送及接收天线,切换到目标小区。For example, if the first message includes target assistance information 1, the terminal device can determine the geographic location information 1 and/or orientation information 1 of the signal source of the target cell corresponding to the target assistance information 1 according to the fourth association relationship, and then According to the sixth association relationship, the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 of the signal source of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information 1 can be determined. In this way, the terminal device will adjust its own transmitting and receiving antennas according to the geographic location information 1 and/or the orientation information 1 and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and switch to the target cell.
在本实施例中,终端设备在确定出与切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联 的目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息之后,可以根据地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息调整天线角度,然后根据切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息切换到目标小区,从而可以提高切换流程的效率。In this embodiment, after determining the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell signal source associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, the terminal device The geographic location information of the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle, and then switches to the target cell according to the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, so that the efficiency of the handover process can be improved.
进一步地,该第一消息中还包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报的内容。Further, the first message also includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network side device.
具体地,若终端设备根据目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量网络节点的信号,则终端设备还需要向网络侧设备上报测量结果。为了减少数据的传输量,网络侧设备可以在生成的第一消息中包括指示信息,以通知终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报的内容。Specifically, if the terminal device measures the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target auxiliary information, the terminal device also needs to report the measurement result to the network side device. In order to reduce the amount of data transmission, the network-side device may include indication information in the generated first message to notify the terminal device of the content that needs to be reported to the network-side device.
另外,该指示信息还可以包含在测量上报配置(measurement report,MR)中,按照如表10所示的方式进行配置:In addition, the indication information can also be included in the measurement report configuration (measurement report, MR), which is configured as shown in Table 10:
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000011
其中,N为大于或等于1的正整数。Among them, N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
示例性的,一个测量上报配置关联一个指示信息,也就是说,测量上报配置与指示信息之间存在一一对应的关系。Exemplarily, one measurement reporting configuration is associated with one indication information, that is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the measurement reporting configuration and the indication information.
示例性的,该指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识(Identification,ID)信息、PCI信息或目标卫星的标识信息,该测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,该PCI信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的PCI信息。Exemplarily, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification (Identification, ID) information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, where the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , where the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
其中,服务小区可以为当前终端设备所处的小区。The serving cell may be the cell where the current terminal device is located.
具体地,网络侧设备可以指示终端设备上报测量ID信息、PCI信息或目标卫星的标识信息中的一个或者多个。例如:该指示信息中可以仅包括测量ID信息,也即仅包括与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量ID信息;或者,该指示信息中可以包括测量ID信息以及PCI信息;或者,该指示信息中可以仅包括与卫星运行数据对应的预设标识信息,也即目标卫星的标识信息,或者,该指示信息中可以包括测量标识ID信息以及目标卫星的标识信息,或者,该指示信息中可以包括测量标识ID信息、PCI信息以及目标卫星的标识信息等等。Specifically, the network-side device may instruct the terminal device to report one or more of measurement ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite. For example: the indication information may include only measurement ID information, that is, only measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell; or, the indication information may include measurement ID information and PCI information; or, the indication The information may only include the preset identification information corresponding to the satellite operation data, that is, the identification information of the target satellite, or the indication information may include the measurement identification ID information and the identification information of the target satellite, or the indication information may Including measurement identification ID information, PCI information and identification information of the target satellite and so on.
其中,目标卫星的标识信息可以包括与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息中的一个或者多个。The identification information of the target satellite may include one or more of satellite identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Piece.
在本实施例中,由于指示信息中可以包括测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或者目标卫星的标识信息中的一个或者多个,这样,终端设备可以根据指示信息中的内容向网络侧设备上报测量结果,从而可以减少数据的传输量,节省了通信资源。In this embodiment, since the indication information may include one or more of measurement identification ID information, PCI information, or identification information of the target satellite, the terminal device can report the measurement result to the network side device according to the content in the indication information , thereby reducing the amount of data transmission and saving communication resources.
另外,为了进一步减少数据的传输量,该指示信息还用于指示终端设备不需要上报目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;或者,该指示信息还用于指示终端设备不需要上报目标小区和\或服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与目标小区和/或所述 服务小区关联的PCI信息。In addition, in order to further reduce the amount of data transmission, the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell; or, the indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the target cell. Cell and/or serving cell signal quality measurements and PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
其中,信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。The signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
具体地,上述的信号质量可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)或信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)。Specifically, the above-mentioned signal quality may include at least one of the following information: reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), or signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio). to interference plus noise ratio, SINR).
在实际应用中,该指示信息可以仅包括需要向网络侧设备上报的内容,也可以仅包括不需要向网络侧设备上报的内容,还可以同时包括需要向网络侧设备上报的内容,以及不需要向网络侧设备上报的内容。In practical applications, the indication information may only include the content that needs to be reported to the network-side device, or may only include the content that does not need to be reported to the network-side device, and may also include both the content that needs to be reported to the network-side device, and the content that does not need to be reported to the network-side device. Content reported to the network-side device.
在本实施例中,该指示信息还用于指示终端设备不需要向网络侧设备上报的内容,从而可以避免终端设备上报一些无关的信息,由此可以进一步减少数据的传输量。In this embodiment, the indication information is also used to indicate the content that the terminal device does not need to report to the network side device, so that the terminal device can be prevented from reporting some irrelevant information, thereby further reducing the amount of data transmission.
进一步地,终端设备在根据目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,并测量网络节点的信号之后,将可以根据上述指示信息,向网络侧设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括与指示信息对应的测量信息。Further, after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target auxiliary information and measuring the signal of the network node, the terminal device can send a second message to the network side device according to the above-mentioned indication information, and the second message includes the corresponding indication information. measurement information.
其中,第二消息可以复用目前上报测量结果的专用上行消息,也可以是新定义的上报测量结果的专用上行消息。其中,专用上行消息可以为测量上报消息(Measurement Report)。Wherein, the second message may reuse the dedicated uplink message currently reporting the measurement result, or may be a newly defined dedicated uplink message reporting the measurement result. The dedicated uplink message may be a measurement report message (Measurement Report).
例如,若指示信息中包括与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量标识ID信息,且指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报该与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量ID信息,则终端设备在对网络节点进行测量之后,会向网络侧设备上报与目标卫星或者目标小区关联的测量ID信息。示例性的,可以按照如表11所示的方式向网络侧设备上报测量信息:For example, if the indication information includes measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell, and indicates that the terminal equipment needs to report the measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell to the network side equipment, the terminal equipment After the network node is measured, the measurement ID information associated with the target satellite or the target cell will be reported to the network-side device. Exemplarily, the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 11:
表11Table 11
测量ID 1Measurement ID 1 测量ID 2Measurement ID 2 ……... 测量ID(N-1)Measurement ID (N-1) 测量ID NMeasurement ID N
其中,N为大于或等于1的正整数。Among them, N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
若指示信息中包括与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量标识ID信息,以及PCI信息,且指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报该与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量ID信息以及PCI信息,则终端设备在对网络节点进行测量之后,会向网络侧设备上报与目标卫星或者目标小区关联的测量ID信息以及PCI信息。示例性的,可以按照如表12所示的方式向网络侧设备上报测量信息:If the indication information includes measurement ID information and PCI information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell, and indicates that the terminal device needs to report the measurement ID information and PCI associated with the target cell and/or serving cell to the network side device information, the terminal device will report the measurement ID information and PCI information associated with the target satellite or the target cell to the network side device after measuring the network node. Exemplarily, the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 12:
表12Table 12
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000012
其中,N、Q、X和Y均为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, N, Q, X and Y are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
若指示信息中包括目标卫星的标识信息,且指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报该目标卫星的标识信息,则终端设备在对目标卫星进行测量之后,会向网络侧设备上报与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息中的一个或者多个。示例性的,可以按照如表13所示的方式向网络侧设备上报测量信息:If the indication information includes the identification information of the target satellite, and the terminal device is instructed to report the identification information of the target satellite to the network side device, the terminal device will report the target satellite to the network side device after measuring the target satellite. One or more of satellite identification information associated with the operation data, orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite, or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite. Exemplarily, the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 13:
表13Table 13
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000013
其中,N为大于或等于1的正整数。Among them, N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
若指示信息中包括与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量标识ID信息以及目标卫星的标识信息,且指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报测量ID信息以及目标卫星的标识信息,则终端设备在对目标卫星进行测量之后,会向网络侧设备上报与目标卫星或者目标小区关联的测量ID信息、以及目标卫星的标识信息。示例性的,可以按照如表14所示的方式向网络侧设备上报测量信息:If the indication information includes the measurement identification ID information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell and the identification information of the target satellite, and indicates that the terminal equipment needs to report the measurement ID information and the identification information of the target satellite to the network side equipment, the terminal equipment will After the target satellite is measured, the measurement ID information associated with the target satellite or the target cell and the identification information of the target satellite will be reported to the network side device. Exemplarily, the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 14:
表14Table 14
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000014
其中,N、Q、X和Y均为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, N, Q, X and Y are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
若指示信息中包括与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的PCI信息,且指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报该与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量ID信息,则终端设备在对网络节点进行测量之后,会向网络侧设备上报与目标卫星或者目标小区关联的PCI信息。If the indication information includes the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell, and indicates that the terminal device needs to report the measurement ID information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell to the network side device, the terminal device is in the process of reporting to the network node After the measurement, the PCI information associated with the target satellite or the target cell will be reported to the network side device.
若指示信息中包括与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的测量标识ID信息、PCI信息以及目标卫星的标识信息,且指示终端设备需要向网络侧设备上报测量ID信息、PCI信息以及目标卫星的标识信息,则终端设备在对目标卫星进行测量之后,会向网络侧设备上报与目标卫星或者目标小区关联的测量ID信息、PCI信息以及目标卫星的标识信息。示例性的,可以按照如表15所示的方式向网络侧设备上报测量信息:If the indication information includes measurement identification ID information, PCI information and target satellite identification information associated with the target cell and/or serving cell, and indicates that the terminal equipment needs to report the measurement ID information, PCI information and the identification of the target satellite to the network side equipment information, after measuring the target satellite, the terminal device will report the measurement ID information, PCI information and the identification information of the target satellite associated with the target satellite or target cell to the network side device. Exemplarily, the measurement information can be reported to the network-side device in the manner shown in Table 15:
表15Table 15
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2021109069-appb-000016
其中,N、Q、X和Y均为大于或等于1的正整数。Wherein, N, Q, X and Y are all positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
在本实施例中,终端设备在调整天线角度后测量网络节点的信号之后,可以根据该指示信息,向网络侧设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括与指示信息对应的内容,从而可以使得网络侧设备可以及时获知测量结果,降低终端设备测量或者切换流程的时延。In this embodiment, after adjusting the antenna angle and measuring the signal of the network node, the terminal device can send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information, so that it can send a second message to the network side device according to the indication information. This enables the network side device to obtain the measurement result in time, and reduces the delay of the terminal device measurement or handover process.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,网络侧设备生成第一消息,并将该第一消息发送给终端设备,该第一消息中包括有目标辅助信息,该目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,其中,网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区,终端设备根据接收到的目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点。由于网络侧设备可以将网络节点的标识信息发送给终端设备,这样,可以避免终端设备使用定向天线进行盲尝试的过程,终端设备可以直接根据网络侧设备发送的标识信息,调整天线角度后对该标识信息对应的网络节点进行信号的测量,或者调整天线角度后切换到该网络节点,从而可以降低终端设备切换流程或者小区重选流程时的时延,降低了终端设备脱网的风险,进而提高了终端设备服务的连续性性能体验。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network side device generates a first message and sends the first message to the terminal device, where the first message includes target auxiliary information, and the target auxiliary information is used to represent the identifier of the network node information, wherein the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell, and the terminal device adjusts the antenna angle and measures the signal of the network node or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the received target assistance information. Since the network-side device can send the identification information of the network node to the terminal device, the process of blindly trying the terminal device using the directional antenna can be avoided, and the terminal device can directly adjust the antenna angle according to the identification information sent by the network-side device. The network node corresponding to the identification information measures the signal, or switches to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle, so as to reduce the delay in the terminal device handover process or the cell reselection process, reduce the risk of the terminal device being disconnected from the network, and improve the It improves the continuous performance experience of terminal device services.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图,该通信装置可以为终端设备,如图4所示,收发机400,用于在处理器410的控制下接收和发送数据。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus may be a terminal device. As shown in FIG. 4 , a transceiver 400 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 410 .
其中,在图4中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器410代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器420代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机400可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口430还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。4, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 410 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 420 are linked together. The bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 400 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like Transmission medium. For different user equipments, the user interface 430 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required equipment, and the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
处理器410负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器420可以存储处理器410在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 410 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 420 may store data used by the processor 410 in performing operations.
可选的,处理器410可以是CPU(中央处埋器)、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,专用集成电路)、FPGA(Field-Programmable Gate Array,现场可编程门阵列)或CPLD(Complex Programmable Logic Device,复杂可编程逻辑器件),处理器也可以采用多核架构。Optionally, the processor 410 may be a CPU (central processor), an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, an application-specific integrated circuit), an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array, a field programmable gate array) or a CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) , complex programmable logic devices), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
处理器通过调用存储器存储的计算机程序,用于按照获得的可执行指令执行本申请实施例提供的任一所述方法。处理器与存储器也可以物理上分开布置。The processor is configured to execute any one of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained executable instructions by invoking the computer program stored in the memory. The processor and memory may also be physically separated.
其中,处理器410用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The processor 410 is configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;receiving a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。According to the target assistance information, the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理器410,具体用于:The processor 410 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;Optionally, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理器410,具体用于:The processor 410 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell The geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
可选的,所述第一关联关系和所述第三关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。Optionally, the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理器410,具体用于:The processor 410 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;Optionally, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理器410,具体用于:The processor 410 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration an association relationship between the information and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent an association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or the location information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
可选的,所述第五关联关系和所述第六关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。Optionally, the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。Optionally, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
可选的,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。Optionally, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;Optionally, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
或者,or,
所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。Optionally, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
可选的,所述处理器410,还用于根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。Optionally, the processor 410 is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
可选的,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。Optionally, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
在此需要说明的是,本申请提供的上述装置,能够实现上述方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned device provided in the present application can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect, and the same parts in this embodiment as those in the method embodiments will not be described here. And the beneficial effects will be described in detail.
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的示意图,该通信装置例如可以为网络侧设备,如图5所示,收发机500,用于在处理器510的控制下接收和发送数据。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. For example, the communication apparatus may be a network side device. As shown in FIG. 5 , a transceiver 500 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 510. .
其中,在图5中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器510代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器520代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机500可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器510负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器520可以存储处理器510在执行操作时所使用的数据。5, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 510 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 520 are linked together. The bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 500 may be multiple elements, ie, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like. The processor 510 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 520 may store data used by the processor 510 in performing operations.
处理器510可以是中央处埋器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD),处理器也可以采用多核架构。The processor 510 can be a central processor (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device). , CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
其中,处理器510,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The processor 510 is configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;generating a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。Send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or switch to the network after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information node.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。Optionally, the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, and the third association relationship The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关 系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。Optionally, the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information, and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information. The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。Optionally, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
可选的,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。Optionally, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果,或者,用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。Optionally, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the target cell. and/or the signal quality measurement result of the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。Optionally, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
可选的,所述处理器510,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。Optionally, the processor 510 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
可选的,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。Optionally, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
在此需要说明的是,本申请提供的上述装置,能够实现上述方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned device provided in the present application can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect, and the same parts in this embodiment as those in the method embodiments will not be described here. And the beneficial effects will be described in detail.
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的示意图,示例的,请参见图6所示,该通信装置60可以包括:FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. For an example, please refer to FIG. 6 . The communication apparatus 60 may include:
接收单元601,用于接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;A receiving unit 601, configured to receive a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target community;
处理单元602,用于根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。The processing unit 602 is configured to measure the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理单元602,具体用于:The processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配 置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;Optionally, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理单元602,具体用于:The processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell The geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
可选的,所述第一关联关系和所述第三关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。Optionally, the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星;Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite;
所述处理单元602,具体用于:The processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区;Optionally, the network node includes the target cell;
所述处理单元602,具体用于:The processing unit 602 is specifically used for:
根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration an association relationship between the information and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent an association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or the location information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
或者,or,
根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息 中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
可选的,所述第五关联关系和所述第六关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。Optionally, the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。Optionally, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
可选的,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。Optionally, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;Optionally, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
或者,or,
所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。Optionally, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
可选的,所述装置还包括发送单元603,所述发送单元603,还用于根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。Optionally, the apparatus further includes a sending unit 603, and the sending unit 603 is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, where the second message includes the same message as the indication information corresponding to the content.
可选的,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。Optionally, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
在此需要说明的是,本申请提供的上述装置,能够实现上述方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned device provided in the present application can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect, and the same parts in this embodiment as those in the method embodiments will not be described here. And the beneficial effects will be described in detail.
图7为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置的示意图,示例的,请参见图7所示,该通信装置70可以包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of still another communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. For an example, please refer to FIG. 7 . The communication apparatus 70 may include:
处理单元701,用于生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;a processing unit 701, configured to generate a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
发送单元702,用于向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。The sending unit 702 is configured to send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information Then switch to the network node.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite, and satellite operation data of the target satellite. Orbit identification information associated with the data or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
可选的,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。Optionally, the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。Optionally, the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information, and the third association relationship The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关 系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。Optionally, the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information, and the sixth association relationship is used to indicate the association relationship between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information. The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
可选的,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。Optionally, the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
可选的,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。Optionally, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell , the PCI information is the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果,或者,用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。Optionally, the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell, or is used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the target cell. and/or the signal quality measurement result of the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
可选的,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。Optionally, the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
可选的,所述装置还包括接收单元,所述接收单元703,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。Optionally, the apparatus further includes a receiving unit. The receiving unit 703 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the terminal device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
可选的,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。Optionally, the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-level dedicated signaling.
在此需要说明的是,本申请提供的上述装置,能够实现上述方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned device provided in the present application can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect, and the same parts in this embodiment as those in the method embodiments will not be described here. And the beneficial effects will be described in detail.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and other division methods may be used in actual implementation. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理器可读存储介质,该处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行如上述方法实施例中的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the communication method in the foregoing method embodiment.
所述处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备,包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。The processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by a processor, including, but not limited to, magnetic storage (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)), etc.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件 方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media having computer-usable program code embodied therein, including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, and the like.
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block in the flowcharts and/or block diagrams, and combinations of flows and/or blocks in the flowcharts and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer-executable instructions. These computer-executable instructions may be provided to the processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce Means for implementing the functions specified in a flow or flow of a flowchart and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中,使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory result in the manufacture of means including the instructions product, the instruction means implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process that Execution of the instructions provides steps for implementing the functions specified in the flowchart or blocks and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, the method comprising:
    接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;receiving a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
    根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。According to the target assistance information, the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite , Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the network node includes the target cell, and the target assistance information includes geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information comprises:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association between the auxiliary information, the second association is used to represent the association between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the terminal equipment are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information comprises:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell the geographic location information and/or orientation information and the geographic location information of the terminal device, and adjust the antenna angle.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一关联关系和所述第三 关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the first association relationship and the third association relationship are included in the first message.
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information comprises:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association between the auxiliary information, the second association is used to represent the association between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic location information of the terminal device.
  8. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information comprises:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration an association relationship between the information and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent an association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or the location information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the terminal device, adjust the antenna angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述终端设备的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the terminal device , adjust the antenna angle.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五关联关系和所述第六关联关系包含于所述第一消息中。The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the fifth association relationship and the sixth association relationship are included in the first message.
  10. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first message further includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device .
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The method according to claim 10, wherein the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is the same as that of the target satellite. Information associated with a cell and/or a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果;The method according to claim 10, wherein the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell;
    或者,or,
    所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The indication information is also used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。The method according to claim 12, wherein the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,在根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information and measuring the signal of the network node, the method further comprises:
    根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。According to the indication information, a second message is sent to the network-side device, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  15. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于网络侧设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a network side device, the method comprising:
    生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;generating a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
    向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。Send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or switch to the network after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information node.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。The method according to claim 16, wherein the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite , Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。The method according to claim 16, wherein the network node comprises the target cell, and the target assistance information comprises geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate that the measurement frequency is related to the The third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information.
  20. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, and the fifth association relationship is used to indicate that the handover configuration information is related to the The association relationship between the target assistance information, and the sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  21. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。The method according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate content that the terminal device needs to report to the network-side device.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The method according to claim 21, wherein the indication information comprises at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is the same as that of the target satellite. Information associated with a cell and/or a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和/或服务小区的信号质量测量结果,或者,用于指示所述终端设备不需要上报所述目标小区和\或所述服务小区的信号质量测量结果以及与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The method according to claim 21, wherein the indication information is further used to indicate that the terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement result of the target cell and/or serving cell, or is used to indicate the The terminal equipment does not need to report the signal quality measurement results of the target cell and/or the serving cell and the PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量测量结果包括小区 级测量结果和/或波束级测量结果。The method of claim 23, wherein the signal quality measurement results include cell-level measurement results and/or beam-level measurement results.
  25. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。A second message sent by the terminal device is received, where the second message includes content corresponding to the indication information.
  26. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息包含在小区广播消息或高层专用信令中。The method according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the first message is included in a cell broadcast message or high-layer dedicated signaling.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A communication device, comprising a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;receiving a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
    根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。According to the target assistance information, the signal of the network node is measured after the antenna angle is adjusted, or the network node is switched after the antenna angle is adjusted.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述网络节点包括所述目标卫星,所述目标辅助信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的卫星标识信息、与所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据关联的轨道标识信息或所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据对应的索引信息。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the network node includes the target satellite, and the target assistance information includes at least one of the following information: satellite identification information associated with satellite operation data of the target satellite , Orbit identification information associated with the satellite operation data of the target satellite or index information corresponding to the satellite operation data of the target satellite.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述网络节点包括所述目标小区,所述目标辅助信息包括所述目标小区信号源的地理位置信息和/或方位信息。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the network node comprises the target cell, and the target assistance information comprises geographic location information and/or orientation information of a signal source of the target cell.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器,具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第二关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first correlation relationship and the second correlation relationship, where the first correlation relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency point and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定测量频点上配置的目标物理小区标识PCI关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the target physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the measurement frequency Any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information; according to the satellite of the target satellite The operating data and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器,具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 29, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第一关联关系和第四关联关系,确定测量频点关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第一关联关系用于表示所述测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the measurement frequency point according to the target assistance information, the first association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the first association relationship is used to represent the measurement frequency an association relationship between the point and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第三关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定测量频点上配 置的目标PCI关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述目标PCI为所述测量频点上配置的多个PCI中的任意一个,所述第三关联关系用于表示所述测量频点上配置的PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the third association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the target PCI configured on the measurement frequency point, where the target PCI is the any one of the multiple PCIs configured on the measurement frequency point, and the third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target auxiliary information; according to the target cell The geographic location information and/or orientation information of the communication device and the geographic location information of the communication device are used to adjust the antenna angle.
  32. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器,具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第二关联关系用于表示辅助信息与卫星运行数据之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the second association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration information and the target The association relationship between the auxiliary information, the second association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the auxiliary information and the satellite operation data; according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographical position information of the communication device, the antenna is adjusted angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第二关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标卫星的卫星运行数据和所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the second association relationship, determine the satellite operation data of the target satellite associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, where the sixth association relationship is used to represent The association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; the antenna angle is adjusted according to the satellite operation data of the target satellite and the geographic position information of the communication device.
  33. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器,具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第五关联关系和第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第五关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第四关联关系用于表示辅助信息与地理位置信息和/或方位信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度;Determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the handover configuration information according to the target assistance information, the fifth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, where the fifth association relationship is used to represent the handover configuration an association relationship between the information and the target auxiliary information, and the fourth association relationship is used to represent an association relationship between the auxiliary information and the geographic location information and/or the orientation information; according to the geographic location information and/or the location information of the target cell Or azimuth information and geographic location information of the communication device, adjust the antenna angle;
    或者,or,
    根据所述目标辅助信息、第六关联关系和所述第四关联关系,确定切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息关联的所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系;根据所述目标小区的地理位置信息和/或方位信息以及所述通信装置的地理位置信息,调整天线角度。According to the target assistance information, the sixth association relationship and the fourth association relationship, determine the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell associated with the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information, and the sixth association The association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information; according to the geographic location information and/or orientation information of the target cell and the geographic location information of the communication device , adjust the antenna angle.
  34. 根据权利要求27-32任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信装置需要向所述网络侧设备上报的内容。The apparatus according to any one of claims 27-32, wherein the first message further includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the content that the communication apparatus needs to report to the network-side device .
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:测量标识ID信息、PCI信息或所述目标卫星的标识信息,所述测量标识ID信息为与目标小区和/或服务小区关联的信息,所述PCI信息为与所述目标小区和/或所述服务小区关联的PCI信息。The device according to claim 34, wherein the indication information includes at least one of the following information: measurement identification ID information, PCI information or identification information of the target satellite, and the measurement identification ID information is the same as that of the target satellite. Information associated with a cell and/or a serving cell, where the PCI information is PCI information associated with the target cell and/or the serving cell.
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于根据所述指示信息,向所述网络侧设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括与所述指示信息对应的内容。The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the processor is further configured to send a second message to the network-side device according to the indication information, wherein the second message includes the same indication as the indication information corresponding content.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A communication device, comprising a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;generating a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
    向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。Send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or switch to the network after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target assistance information node.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括第一关联关系或第三关联关系,所述第一关联关系用于表示测量频点与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第三关联关系用于表示测量频点上配置的物理小区标识PCI与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the first message further includes a first association relationship or a third association relationship, and the first association relationship is used to indicate the relationship between the measurement frequency and the target auxiliary information. The third association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the physical cell identifier PCI configured on the measurement frequency point and the target assistance information.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括第五关联关系或第六关联关系,所述第五关联关系用于表示切换配置信息与所述目标辅助信息之间的关联关系,所述第六关联关系用于表示所述切换配置信息中的候选小区的配置信息与目标辅助信息之间的关联关系。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the first message further includes a fifth association relationship or a sixth association relationship, and the fifth association relationship is used to indicate the difference between the handover configuration information and the target auxiliary information. The sixth association relationship is used to represent the association relationship between the configuration information of the candidate cell in the handover configuration information and the target assistance information.
  40. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    接收单元,用于接收网络侧设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by a network-side device, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell ;
    处理单元,用于根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。The processing unit is configured to measure the signal of the network node after adjusting the antenna angle according to the target auxiliary information, or switch to the network node after adjusting the antenna angle.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    处理单元,用于生成第一消息,所述第一消息中包括目标辅助信息,所述目标辅助信息用于表示网络节点的标识信息,所述网络节点包括目标卫星或者目标小区;a processing unit, configured to generate a first message, where the first message includes target assistance information, where the target assistance information is used to represent identification information of a network node, and the network node includes a target satellite or a target cell;
    发送单元,用于向终端设备发送所述第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述目标辅助信息,调整天线角度后测量所述网络节点的信号或调整天线角度后切换到所述网络节点。A sending unit, configured to send the first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the antenna angle and then measure the signal of the network node or adjust the antenna angle according to the target assistance information Switch to the network node.
  42. 一种处理器可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行权利要求1至26任一项所述的方法。A processor-readable storage medium, wherein the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 26 .
PCT/CN2021/109069 2020-08-07 2021-07-28 Communication method and apparatus, and device WO2022028296A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010790885.5 2020-08-07
CN202010790885.5A CN114071616B (en) 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Communication method, device and equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022028296A1 true WO2022028296A1 (en) 2022-02-10

Family

ID=80119904

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/109069 WO2022028296A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2021-07-28 Communication method and apparatus, and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114071616B (en)
WO (1) WO2022028296A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2627248A (en) * 2023-02-16 2024-08-21 Nec Corp Communication system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107852230A (en) * 2015-08-05 2018-03-27 高通股份有限公司 Satellite in satellite communication system switches to satellite
CN110036677A (en) * 2016-07-20 2019-07-19 康维达无线有限责任公司 Mobility of radio devices using beamforming and selection
CN111148172A (en) * 2020-01-14 2020-05-12 南通大学 Mobile communication antenna-based maritime user access switching method
CN111279629A (en) * 2017-11-15 2020-06-12 捷开通讯(深圳)有限公司 Improvements in or relating to interference suppression

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108834156B (en) * 2018-05-23 2022-01-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic device, beam adjusting method and related product
US11399322B2 (en) * 2018-09-17 2022-07-26 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) User equipment, network node and methods in a wireless communications network
CN111372293B (en) * 2018-12-26 2021-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107852230A (en) * 2015-08-05 2018-03-27 高通股份有限公司 Satellite in satellite communication system switches to satellite
CN110036677A (en) * 2016-07-20 2019-07-19 康维达无线有限责任公司 Mobility of radio devices using beamforming and selection
CN111279629A (en) * 2017-11-15 2020-06-12 捷开通讯(深圳)有限公司 Improvements in or relating to interference suppression
CN111148172A (en) * 2020-01-14 2020-05-12 南通大学 Mobile communication antenna-based maritime user access switching method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2627248A (en) * 2023-02-16 2024-08-21 Nec Corp Communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114071616B (en) 2023-08-01
CN114071616A (en) 2022-02-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11849385B2 (en) Target cell access method and device
US20220353714A1 (en) Cell measurement method, terminal device, and network device
JP7512376B2 (en) Information transmission method, device, and system
EP3911047A2 (en) Service area for time synchronization
US11582664B2 (en) Cell selection or reselection method and apparatus, and terminal
US20220417822A1 (en) Cell handover method, electronic device, and storage medium
EP4387345A1 (en) Ta-based synchronization method, and device, apparatus and storage medium
RU2724131C1 (en) Method of exchanging information on beam formation and network device
US20220086750A1 (en) Network access method of terminal device and apparatus
US10142065B2 (en) Enhanced UE performance in HetNet poor coverage scenarios
WO2022028296A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and device
US20240022942A1 (en) Measurement parameter determination method, electronic device and storage medium
WO2022021131A1 (en) Initial bandwidth part (bwp) reselection method, terminal device, and network device
CN114208252B (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2021142840A1 (en) Cell reselection method, electronic device and storage medium
CN115250511A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2023213167A1 (en) Method and device for determining on-satellite upf
WO2024027366A1 (en) Uplink positioning method, device and processor-readable storage medium
US20220353772A1 (en) Cell reselection method, electronic device and storage medium
US20240098581A1 (en) Method and apparatus for optimizing eps fallback in next generation mobile communication
CN115225215B (en) Information acquisition and transmission methods, devices, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2024093630A1 (en) Broadcast parameter configuration method and apparatus, and network device
WO2024027402A1 (en) Downlink location method, device, and processor-readable storage medium
CN118138462A (en) Network topology management method, mapping information configuration method and network node
CN117135727A (en) Method and device for activating partial resources of cell

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21854430

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21854430

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1